Commit graph

5892 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Ilan Peer
2efa60344e PASN: Encode the public key properly
When a public key is included in the PASN Parameters element, it should
be encoded using the RFC 5480 conventions, and thus the first octet of
the Ephemeral Public Key field should indicate whether the public key is
compressed and the actual key part starts from the second octet.

Fix the implementation to properly adhere to the convention
requirements for both wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-03-16 12:31:31 +02:00
Ben Greear
a746393dcf TWT: Allow specifying Control field value in TWT Request
See IEEE P802.11ax/D8.0, Figure 9-687 (Control field format) for
details.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2021-03-12 10:53:02 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
82a348eda4 wpa_supplicant: Don't process EAPOL frames while disconnecting
An EAPOL frame may be pending when wpa_supplicant requests to
deauthenticate. At this stage the EAP SM cache is already cleaned by
calling eapol_sm_invalidate_cached_session(). Since at this stage the
wpa_supplicant's state is still set to associated, the EAPOL frame is
processed and results in a crash due to NULL dereference.

This wasn't seen previously as nl80211 wouldn't process the
NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, since wpa_driver_nl80211_mlme() would
set the valid_handler to NULL. This behavior was changed in commit
ab89291928 exposing this race.

Fix it by ignoring EAPOL frames while the deauthentication is in
progress.

Fixes: ab89291928 ("nl80211: Use process_bss_event() for the nl_connect handler")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-03-12 09:57:23 +02:00
Stefan Paetow
e80e6a2f17 eapol_test: Add address family for IPv4 in Windows build
Add the address family when manually constructing IPv4 addresses in
eapol_test on Windows. Otherwise other functions, like hostapd_ip_txt()
in src/utils/ip_addr.c, that rely on addr->af being set fail miserably.
The non-Windows option uses hostapd_parse_ip_addr() which does this as
part of the helper function.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Paetow <oss@eons.net>
2021-03-12 09:49:20 +02:00
Ben Greear
7fd2f24962 TWT: Support sending TWT Setup and Teardown Action frames
This adds new control interface commands TWT_SETUP and TWT_TEARDOWN. For
now, these are only for testing purposes to be able to trigger
transmission of the TWT Action frames without configuring any local
behavior for TWT in the driver.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2021-03-07 22:07:37 +02:00
Matthew Wang
5ac977758d Reject authentication start during explicit roam requests
The roam D-Bus and ROAM control itnerface commands flip the reassociate
bit before calling wpa_supplicant_connect(). wpa_supplicant connect
eventually aborts ongoing scans (if any), which causes scan results to
be reported. Since the reassociate bit is set, this will trigger a
connection attempt based on the aborted scan's scan results and cancel
the initial connetion request. This often causes wpa_supplicant to
reassociate to the same AP it is currently associated to instead of the
explicitly requested roaming target.

Add a roam_in_progress flag to indicate that we're currently attempting
to roam via an explicitly request to a specific BSS so that we don't
initiate another connection attempt based on the possibly received scan
results from a scan that was in progress at the time the roam command
was received.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2021-03-06 10:59:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40551a15c1 Fix a memory leak in WPS with ap_scan=2
The wpa_ie buffer is now allocated here and needs to be freed before
returning from the function.

Fixes: d2ba0d719e ("Move assoc param setting into a helper function")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-28 18:46:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
900adb3c9f FILS: Simplify code paths
Use a shared code path for freeing the wpa_ie buffer to avoid
unnecessary complexity with a separate return for the non-FILS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-28 18:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6035969e0e Fix dynamic EAP library building
Build eap_*.so into the wpa_supplicant similarly with the wpa_supplicant
binary and include the shared helper functions from additional files
into the builds. This got broken at some point with the build system
changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-27 23:42:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a826ff2d95 Ignore group-addressed SA Query frames
These frames are used for verifying that a specific SA and protected
link is in functional state between two devices. The IEEE 802.11
standard defines only a case that uses individual MAC address as the
destination. While there is no explicit rule on the receiver to ignore
other cases, it seems safer to make sure group-addressed frames do not
end up resulting in undesired behavior. As such, drop such frames
instead of interpreting them as valid SA Query Request/Response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-27 20:27:00 +02:00
Jimmy Chen
d314213f6c P2P: Pick a 5 GHz channel from more possible channels
For an autonomous P2P group on the 5 GHz band, a channel was picked only
from the operating class 115 which is not available in the EU region
anymore. As a result, an autonomous group creation would always fail in
this generic 5 GHz channel case.

There are more possible available channels for the 5 GHz currently.
Especially in the EU region, the operating class 115 channels are no
longer available, but SRD channels (the operating class 124) are
available. Allow them to be used here if they are marked as allowed for
P2P GO use.

In addition, iterate through all the potential options instead of just
checking the first randomly picked channel. Start this iteration from
random position to maintain some randomness in this process.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2021-02-27 19:19:35 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
50baf345b4 TDLS: Support TDLS operations in HE mode
Determine if the TDLS peer is HE capable based on HE Capability element
received in the TDLS Setup Response frame. Indicate the peer's HE
capabilities to the driver through sta_add().

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-26 20:16:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f03580e319 Restore permanent MAC address on the FLUSH command
Clear previously used random MAC address on the FLUSH command if
mac_addr setting has been disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-21 17:22:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
976c3c161f DPP2: Accept Config Result before GAS response TX status
The TX event for the next frame in the sequence might be received before
the TX status for the final GAS response frame is processed. This used
to result in the Config Result getting discarded and the negotiation not
completing successfully on the Configurator side.

Accept the Config Result message as an indication of the final GAS
response frame having went through fine even if the TX status has not
yet been processed to avoid this issue from a potential race condition
on kernel events.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-21 16:44:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ba8a315cd Avoid use of C++ keyword in a header file
Don't use 'protected' as the name of the variable in bss.h since this
might be used in control interfaces that use C++.

Fixes: 1c77f3d3f9 ("Indicate whether additional ANQP elements were protected")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-21 12:48:13 +02:00
Ilan Peer
85eb47e3a9 PASN: Correctly set RSNXE bits from STA
These defines are for the capability bit number, not the binary value
from the bit index. As such, need to use BIT() here to set the bitmap
appropriately.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-02-20 00:25:10 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
be5f7f3746 wpa_supplicant: Fix potential memleak on an error path
extra_buf allocation was missed in one of the error cases.

Fixes: 170775232d ("ANQP: Add support to specify frequency in ANQP_GET command")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2021-02-20 00:18:45 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
8f204f69ac Show OCV and beacon protection capabilities in control interface
Indicate local support for Operating Channel Validation (OCV) and beacon
protection.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
73ebd58fc8 STA: Check driver capability to enable OCV when driver SME is used
When the driver SME is used, offloaded RSN handshakes like SA Query, GTK
rekeying, FT authentication, etc. would fail if wpa_supplicant enables
OCV in initial connection based on configuration but the driver doesn't
support OCV. To avoid such failures check the driver's capability for
enabling OCV when the driver SME used.

This commit also adds a capability flag for indicating OCV support
by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3dfe42c7e Clean up RSN parameter setting for PASN
Set conf.force_kdk_derivation within the same if block as all the other
parameters. This is used only if ssid is not NULL, so no need to have
any special handling for this parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
d36d4209fd Enable beacon protection only when driver indicates support
Enabling beacon protection will cause STA connection/AP setup failures
if the driver doesn't support beacon protection. To avoid this, check
the driver capability before enabling beacon protection.

This commit also adds a capability flag to indicate beacon protection
support in client mode only.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Hu Keping
9d99814e22 Update sgml to generate reproducible manpages
Prior to this patch, we failed to recreate bit-by-bit identical
copies of wpa_supplicant because it doesn't generate reproducible manpages.

Since the latest version(0.6.14-3 or new) of docbook-utils have already
support getting the date from sgml file [1], it is possible to make some
progress on the "reproducible builds" effort [2].

[1]: https://sources.debian.org/patches/docbook-utils/0.6.14-3
[2]: https://reproducible-builds.org

Signed-off-by: Hu Keping <hukeping@huawei.com>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Patrick Steinhardt
e680a51e94 ext_password: Implement new file-based backend
It was not easily possible to separate configuration of an interface and
credentials when using the configuration file instead of the control
interface or D-Bus interface for setting up the network profiles. This
makes it hard to distribute configuration across a set of nodes which
use wpa_supplicant without also having to store credentials in the same
file. While this can be solved via scripting, having a native way to
achieve this would be preferable.

Turns out there already is a framework to have external password
storages. It only had a single "test" backend though, which is kind of
an in-memory store which gets initialized with all passwords up front
and is mainly for testing purposes. This isn't really suitable for the
above use case: the backend cannot be initialized as part of the central
configuration given that it needs the credentials, and we want to avoid
scripting.

This commit thus extends the infrastructure to implement a new backend,
which instead uses a simple configuration file containing key-value
pairs. The file follows the format which wpa_supplicant.conf(5) uses:
empty lines and comments are ignored, while passwords can be specified
with simple `password-name=password-value` assignments.

With this new backend, splitting up credentials and configuration
becomes trivial:

    # /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf
    ext_password_backend=file:/etc/wpa_supplicant/psk.conf

    network={
        ssid="foobar"
        psk=ext:foobar
    }

    # /etc/wpa_supplicant/psk.conf
    foobar=ecdabff9c80632ec6fcffc4a8875e95d45cf93376d3b99da6881298853dc686b

Alternative approaches would be to support including other configuration
files in the main configuration, such that common configuration and
network declarations including credentials are split up into separate
files. But the implementation would probably have been more complex
compared to reusing the already-existing framework for external password
backends.

Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Patrick Steinhardt
e9f449ba59 wpa_supplicant: Move wpa_config_get_line() into utils
The function wpa_config_get_line() is used by the wpa_supplicant config
file parser to retrieve the next non-comment non-blank line. We'll need
the same kind of functionality to implement the file-based external
password backend, so as a preparatory step this commit extracts the
function into its own standalone file in the utils package.

No functional changes are expected from this commit.

Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
2021-02-16 00:47:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fb6264129 P2P: Clear unexpected HT40 configuration on 2.4 GHz band
Number of the P2P+NFC test cases have been failing every now and then
and those failures seemed to be because of having somehow managed to
select the GO's operating channel as HT40+ on the channel 11 in the 2.4
GHz band, i.e., something that is clearly incorrect. The P2P check for
HT40 secondary channel is supported only on the 5 GHz band, so drop HT40
configuration if it shows up unexpectedly on the 2.4 GHz band to avoid
issues in GO being able to start.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-14 19:32:23 +02:00
Michal Kazior
1b45b8d3f6 wpa_supplicant: Don't exit scanning state on config reload
There's a chance that prior to config reload being requested a scan work
was started. As such forcing wpa_supplicant to WPA_DISCONNECTED was
removing any hints that the actual driver is busy with work. That led to
wpa_supplicant reporting "Failed to initialize AP scan" over and over
again for a few seconds (depending on driver/capabilities) until the
untracked scan finished.

Cancelling a scan isn't really a solution because there's a bunch of
scanning state bits sprinkled across wpa_supplicant structure and they
get updated as driver events actually flow in in async manner.

As far as I can tell this is only preventing unnecessary warning
messages. This doesn't seem like it was crippling any logic per se.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plume.com>
2021-02-13 23:12:38 +02:00
Michal Kazior
581df2d524 DPP2: Defer chirp scan if other scan is queued up
The chirp scan could override the scan_res_handler. This could lead to
wpa_supplicant getting stuck in a scanning state while not scanning at
all until forced to, e.g., via an explicit SCAN control command.

The condition for trigerring this problem in my testing was when
(interface_count % 3) == 2. This introduced a two second delay before
actual scan was triggered after starting the wpa_supplicant instance up.
If DPP chirping was requested fast enough, in between the queueing and
triggering, it would punt the scan request, never to be resumed again.
Chirp scan handler wouldn't resume it leaving wpa_supplicant
inadvertently idle.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plume.com>
2021-02-13 23:12:07 +02:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
35756c02ea mesh: Assign channel in frequency params in all bands
Previously, the channel number was set in hostapd_freq_params only with
the presence of HT capabilities. Set the channel number before the check
for HT mode to accommodate the 6 GHz band cases.

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-10 00:25:36 +02:00
Michal Kazior
7e823d4df2 DPP: Expose config object PSK/passphrase in wpa_supplicant
hostapd was already exposing this. There's no reason not to expose it in
wpa_supplicant. This allows 3rd party apps interacting with the control
interface to handle DPP events to get configs instead of needing to
dance around with update_config=1 and SAVE_CONFIG.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plume.com>
2021-02-09 20:46:36 +02:00
Michal Kazior
1029f16a9f DPP: Expose config object AKM in wpa_supplicant control interface
hostapd was already exposing this. There's no reason not to expose it in
wpa_supplicant. This allows 3rd party apps interacting with the control
interface to handle DPP events to get configs instead of needing to
dance around with update_config=1 and SAVE_CONFIG.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plume.com>
2021-02-09 20:45:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad59639ed8 DPP2: Fix Authentication Request destination in the chirping case
The Authentication Request frames triggered by the reception of a
Presence Announcement frame were sent to the broadcast address. This is
not correct behavior since the source MAC address of the Presence
Announcement frame was supposed to override the Responder MAC address.
Fix this by using that source MAC address to avoid unnecessary use of
broadcast frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-09 20:41:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e781f7c860 Fix compiler warning on CONFIG_AP without CONFIG_P2P builds
The static function is_chanwidth160_supported() is called only within
CONFIG_P2P block so the function itself needs to have matching condition
for build.

Fixes: ed24bad1d9 ("AP: Check driver support while auto-selecting bandwidth for AP/P2P GO")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 19:12:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c9b16602d Update Visual Studio projects to match file renaming
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 18:21:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
48cfb52b7e Rename blacklist.[ch] to bssid_ignore.[ch]
This completes renaming of this functionality for a list of temporarily
ignored BSSIDs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 17:28:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
626fc0dcd0 Rename wpa_blacklist to wpa_bssid_ignore
This is more accurate name for this functionality of temporarily
ignoring BSSIDs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 17:28:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b58ac90c38 Rename INTERWORKING_BLACKLISTED define
Use more accurate INTERWORKING_EXCLUDED for this. The actual event
prefix is not changed to remains compatible with external components
using this control interface event message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 16:43:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
72cd4293fb Rename the control interface BLACKLIST command to BSSID_IGNORE
Use a more specific name for the control interface command used for
managing the list of BSSIDs that are temporarily ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 16:29:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
752b1c6081 Rename network profiles parameters for ignoring/accepted BSSIDs
Rename the network profile parameters bssid_blacklist and
bssid_whitelist to bssid_ignore and bssid_accept to use more specific
names for the configuration of which BSSs are ignored/accepted during
BSS selection. The old parameter names are maintained as aliases for the
new names to avoid breaking compatibility with previously used
configurations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-07 16:18:26 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
f7bbad5768 wpa_supplicant: Configurable fast-associate timer threshold
For Android the default value of 5 seconds is usually too short for
scan results from last scan initiated from settings app to be
considered for fast-associate. Make the fast-associate timer value
configurable so that a suitable value can be set based on a systems
regular scan interval.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
2021-02-06 16:56:30 +02:00
Arowa Suliman
b829b7003a wpa_supplicant: Notify freq change on CH_SWITCH
wpa_supplicant does not send a D-Bus notification of the BSS frequency
change when a CSA happens. Sending a PropertyChanged signal with the
updated frequency will notify the network manager quickly, instead of
waiting for the next scan results.

Signed-off-by: Arowa Suliman <arowa@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2021-02-06 16:50:19 +02:00
Ircama
e79febb3f5 P2P: Adding option to manage device drivers creating random MAC addresses
Add option 2 to the p2p_device_random_mac_addr configuration option to
support device drivers which use by default random MAC adresses when
creating a new P2P Device interface (for instance, the BCM2711 80211
wireless device driver included in Raspberry Pi 4 Model B). In such
case, this option allows to create the P2P Device interface correctly
when using P2P permanent groups, enabling wpa_supplicant to reuse the
same MAC address when re-invoking a P2P permanent group.

update_config=1 is required.

Signed-off-by: Ircama <amacri@tiscali.it>
2021-02-06 13:40:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f557d2047 Make wpa_bss_ext_capab() handle NULL bss argument
This simplifies the callers that use wpa_s->current_bss (which could be
NULL).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2021-02-06 12:09:30 +02:00
Johannes Berg
2cadb60abd robust_av: Use wpa_bss_ext_capab() helper
Use the helper instead of open-coding the check. Since the
helper doesn't handle a NULL BSS, keep that extra check.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-02-06 12:09:30 +02:00
Brad Kemp
2b916c9fd5 dbus: Fix IEs getter to use wpa_bss_ie_ptr()
The wpa_bss structure's last element is an empty array. The forgotten
code here assumed that the array of IEs was contiguous to the wpa_bss
structure. This is not always the case anymore. Update this missed case
to use the new wpa_bss_ie_ptr() wrapper to send the correct array of IEs
over DBus.

Fixes: be7ee264f6 ("BSS: Use wrapper function for getting a pointer to the IE buffer")
Signed-off-by: Brad Kemp <brad at beechwoods.com>
2021-02-06 11:41:09 +02:00
David Su
11355a122d Reset external_scan_running on interface deletion
Currently, the external_scan_running flag is not reset when an interface
is removed. Thus, if a connection attempt is made on another iface, it
will fail due to wpa_supplicant incorrectly assuming the radio is still
busy due to the ongoing scan.

To fix this, convert external_scan_running to a pointer to the interface
that started the scan. If this interface is removed, also reset the
pointer to NULL so that other operations may continue on this radio.

Test:
  1. Start scan on wlan0
  2. Remove wlan0
  3. Can connect to a network on wlan1

Signed-off-by: David Su <dysu@google.com>
2021-02-02 23:48:14 +02:00
Abinaya Kalaiselvan
df0bfe4759 mesh: Fix for leaving mesh
Avoid multiple execution of wpa_drv_leave_mesh().

Fixes: 0896c442dc ("mesh: Fix for mesh init/deinit")
Signed-off-by: Abinaya Kalaiselvan <akalaise@codeaurora.org>
2021-02-02 22:58:49 +02:00
Ilan Peer
dccb6cde03 WPA: Support deriving KDK based on capabilities
Derive the KDK as part of PMK to PTK derivation if forced by
configuration or in case both the local station and the AP declare
support for secure LTF.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 23:09:39 +02:00
Ilan Peer
9e7b980d65 PASN: Include RSNXE in the PASN negotiation
IEEE P802.11az/D2.6 added definitions to include RSNXE in the PASN
negotiation. Implement the new functionality in both wpa_supplicant and
hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 23:09:36 +02:00
Ilan Peer
5c65ad6c0b PASN: Support PASN with FT key derivation
Add support for PASN authentication with FT key derivation:

- As IEEE P802.11az/D2.6 states that wrapped data is optional and
  is only needed for further validation of the FT security parameters,
  do not include them in the first PASN frame.

- PASN with FT key derivation requires knowledge of the PMK-R1 and
  PMK-R1-Name for the target AP. As the WPA state machine stores PMK-R1,
  etc. only for the currently associated AP, store the mapping of
  BSSID to R1KH-ID for each previous association, so the R1KH-ID
  could be used to derive PMK-R1 and PMK-R1-Name. Do so instead
  of storing the PMK-R1 to avoid maintaining keys that might not
  be used.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-26 17:38:30 +02:00
Ilan Peer
8c6d2e2527 PASN: Support PASN with FILS key derivation
As the PASN FILS authentication is only defined for FILS SK without PFS,
and to support PASN authentication with FILS, implement the PASN with
FILS processing as part of the PASN handling and not as part of the WPA
state machine.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 20:27:14 +02:00
Ilan Peer
a93ec28d10 PASN: Support PASN with SAE key derivation
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 20:27:14 +02:00
Ilan Peer
ad338cfe58 ctrl_iface: Add support for PASN authentication
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 19:15:47 +02:00
Ilan Peer
363768c8ac PASN: Add support for PASN processing to wpa_supplicant
Add PASN implementation to wpa_supplicant

1. Add functions to initialize and clear PASN data.
2. Add functions to construct PASN Authentication frames.
3. Add function to process PASN Authentication frame.
4. Add function to handle PASN frame TX status.
5. Implement the station side flow processing for PASN.

The implementation is missing support for wrapped data and PMKSA
establishment for base AKMs, and only supports PASN authentication or
base AKM with PMKSA caching.

The missing parts will be added in later patches.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 19:15:44 +02:00
Ilan Peer
d70060f966 WPA: Add PTKSA cache to wpa_supplicant for PASN
PASN requires to store the PTK derived during PASN authentication
so it can later be used for secure LTF etc. This is also true
for a PTK derived during regular connection.

Add an instance of a PTKSA cache for each wpa_supplicant
interface when PASN is enabled in build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c6d1a33bb0 PASN: Add functions to compute PTK, MIC and hash
1. Add a function to derive the PTK from a PMK and additional data.
2. Add a function to calculate the MIC for a PASN frames.
3. Add a function to compute the hash of an authentication frame body.

The above are built only in case that CONFIG_PASN is enabled at build
time.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Ilan Peer
46c232eb76 WPA: Extend the wpa_pmk_to_ptk() function to also derive KDK
Extend the wpa_pmk_to_ptk() to also derive Key Derivation
Key (KDK), which can later be used for secure LTF measurements.

Update the wpa_supplicant and hostapd configuration and the
corresponding WPA and WPA Auth state machine, to allow enabling of KDK
derivation. For now, use a testing parameter to control whether KDK is
derived.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2021-01-25 18:36:40 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
833cdbe97d Add support for new 5 GHz channels 173 and 177
Add support for new channels 173 and 177 in the operating classes 125 to
130 as defined in draft IEEE P802.11ax/D8.0.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-22 19:18:10 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
959af4f576 DPP: Abort authentication if no Auth Confirm is received within a second
After sending DPP Auth Response, the Responder might not receive the
Auth Confirm either due to the Initiator not sending it or the reception
of the frame failing for some reason (e.g., Responder having already
left the negotiation channel). If this happens, following initiation
attempts would fail since the consecutive Auth Request would get
discarded since the previous authentication is still in progress.

Terminate DPP authentication on Responder, if no Auth Confirm is
received within one second of successfully sending Auth Response. This
allows the Responder to accept start of a new exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-22 19:18:10 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
62657365f8 Add a configuration to disconnect on deinit if WoWLAN is enabled
Commit 02c21c02d0 ("wpa_supplicant: Do not disconnect on deinit if
WoWLAN is enabled") prevents the disconnection on deinit if the driver
indicates that WoWLAN is enabled. This is not the expected behavior in
some earlier use cases where the wpa_supplicant process is left running
when going to sleep and killing of the wpa_supplicant process is used
only when there is an expectation of Wi-Fi connection being disabled.

To support the use cases which require the WLAN to disconnect on deinit
even if WoWLAN is enabled, introduce a configuration parameter
wowlan_disconnect_on_deinit. This is set to 0 by default thereby not
impacting the functionality in the above mentioned commit. Setting it to
1 restores the old behavior before the commit identified above.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-21 18:21:30 +02:00
Antonio Cardace
8f58972942 dbus: Export new 'suiteb192' capability
Export a new 'suiteb192' capability to indicate that wpa_supplicant was
built with WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192 support and accepts
'key_mgmt=WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192'.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Cardace <acardace@redhat.com>
2021-01-15 12:24:26 +02:00
Brian Norris
9cdcc88238 DBus: Add 'owe' to interface Capabilities
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2021-01-15 12:22:47 +02:00
Berkay Ercan
8e8406469e wpa_cli: Add WPS_EVENT_OVERLAP to action scripts
WPS_EVENT_OVERLAP case was missing on wpa_cli_action_process function in
wpa_cli.c, so when the overlap event occurs, there was no event message
sent to the action script. Add this event case to the function.

Signed-off-by: Berkay Ercan <berkay.ercan@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Veli Demirel <veli.demirel@airties.com>
2021-01-15 12:18:37 +02:00
Shiva Sankar Gajula
71718b628b FT: Update key mgmt properly in RSNE during roaming
When STA is performing roam from WPA3 AP to WPA2 AP, the STA was
including key mgmt FT-SAE instead of FT-PSK in FT Authentication request
RSNE when using driver-based SME. This is because the RSNE/MDE/FTE were
updated and forwarded to the driver using the NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES
command before updating key mgmt properly. Because of this, the AP is
rejecting FT Authentication request with WLAN_REASON_UNSPECIFIED reason
code which is due to the invalid keymgmt in RSNE.

Fix this by reordering IE population to happen earlier in the sequence
so that the updated key mgmt information can be provided when using
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES.

Signed-off-by: Shiva Sankar Gajula <sgajula@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-15 12:10:10 +02:00
Vinita S. Maloo
ea77568d8f Add user configured vendor IEs to default scan IEs
Add user configured vendor IEs for Probe Request frames to default scan
IEs so that these IEs will be included in the Probe Request frames for
the scans issued also by components other than wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2021-01-15 11:45:13 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
b6947f01a1 Android: Pass the vendor events to $(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB)
Android has a mechanism to extend the driver interface in vendor
specific ways. This implementation of the vendor interface is done in
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB). Extend this to allow the vendor
events to be provided to this library to facilitate the event
processing.

Introduce a new board configuration via
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB_EVENT) rather than reusing
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB) to enable this event handling in the
private library. This is to avoid compilation issues for
wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_event() with the already existing private
library implementations defined with
$(BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_PRIVATE_LIB).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 23:22:56 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
7b121af26a P2P: Delay P2P scan when an external scan is in progress
When an external scan is in progress on the same radio, delay the P2P
search operation based on configuration parameter p2p_search_delay. The
"search_delay" configuration done through p2p_find always takes
precedence over this delay value set due to an external scan trigger.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 23:22:51 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
f39d6aacbb P2P: Recover p2p_find operation in case of failure to fetch scan results
Add a handler to notify failures to fetch the scan results and provide
an option to override default behavior of requesting a new scan in one
second in such an error condition. Use this new handler mechanism to
continue the p2p_find operation (by invoking p2p_scan_res_handled) for
an interim scenario where the p2p_scan attempt fails to get the scan
results from the driver which can happen, e.g., if there are parallel
updates to the cfg80211 scan results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 23:04:54 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
084b3d2f8a Drop unexpected connection event while disconnected
If there is a disconnect command from wpa_supplicant immediately after
the driver sends a connection event to userspace but before that event
is received and processed by wpa_supplicant, wpa_supplicant processes
the disconnect command and a self-generated disconnected event first
followed by the connected event received from the driver. As a result
wpa_supplicant moves to the WPA_COMPLETED state.  Whereas the driver
processes the disconnect command received from wpa_supplicant after it
sends the connected event and moves to the disconnected state. Due to
this race between the disconnect command from wpa_supplicant and the
connected event from the driver, wpa_supplicant is moving to the
connected state though the driver is moving to the disconnected state
which results in abnormal functionality.

Ignore the connection event coming from the driver when wpa_supplicant
is not trying to connect after a disconnect command is issued but before
the next connect command is issued to fix the above mentioned race
condition.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-21 14:06:52 +02:00
Disha Das
b709bb40fd DPP2: Add DPP_CONTROLLER commands to hostapd_cli and wpa_cli
Add the DPP control interface DPP_CONTROLLER_START and
DPP_CONTROLLER_STOP commands to the CLIs.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-16 18:04:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ead8b897f Use bool for is_6ghz variables and functions
Replace the implicit boolean checks that used int variables with use of
a more explicit bool variable type.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-11 19:56:14 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
7131fede34 Extend the setband support for 6 GHz and band combinations
Support possible band combinations of 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz with
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SETBAND_MASK attribute. Ensure backwards
compatibility with old drivers that are using
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SETBAND_VALUE attribute and supporting only 2.4 GHz
and 5 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-11 19:56:14 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
2a37cda747 scan: Add a helper function to append supported freqs from a given band
This functionality was repeated for couple of times. Use a shared helper
function to avoid code duplication.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-12-11 16:47:43 +02:00
Avraham Stern
297050b460 nl80211: Report invalid signal and noise when info is unavailable
When the driver sends a CQM RSSI threshold event, wpa_supplicant queries
the driver for the signal and noise values. However, it is possible that
by that time the station has already disconnected from the AP, so these
values are no longer valid. In this case, indicate that these values are
invalid by setting them to WPA_INVALID_NOISE.

Previously a value of 0 would be reported, which may be confusing as
this is a valid value.

Since nl80211_get_link_signal() and nl80211_get_link_noise() already set
invalid values for a case of failure, just use the value set by these
functions even if they fail.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-12-04 12:42:15 +02:00
Frederik Juul
f2a0101401 wpa_supplicant: Initial connection speedup
Add initial_freq_list to wpa_supplicant configuration. This option
allows wpa_supplicant to scan a smaller list of frequencies when it
starts. This in turn allows for a faster connection to an already known
network. This limit applies only for the initial scan operation and does
not restrict other channels from being used in consecutive scans.

Tests have shown this to reduce the amount of time for connecting to a
network from roughly 3 seconds to roughly 0.1 second.

Signed-off-by: Frederik Juul <frederik.juul@3shape.com>
2020-12-02 17:05:07 +02:00
Markus Theil
89ad24379d mesh: Move mesh frequency setting to its own function
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-12-01 00:44:38 +02:00
Markus Theil
7c2cad969a mesh: Fix DFS deinit/init
The hostapd DFS code deinitializes and initializes the AP interface, if
a clean channel switch is not possible. In this case the AP code paths
would deinit the driver, for example nl80211, without wpa_supplicant
code paths getting notice of this.

Therefore add callbacks for wpa_supplicant mesh methods, which are
called on init/deinit of the AP BSS. These callbacks are then used to
handle the reset in the mesh code.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-12-01 00:31:56 +02:00
Markus Theil
0896c442dc mesh: Fix for mesh init/deinit
Send mesh group started notification after join completion
callback is called.

Implement outstanding TODO, to leave the mesh network on deinit.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-12-01 00:23:15 +02:00
Markus Theil
06161d4f10 mesh: Fix mesh_oom test
Only change freq params, if ifmsh->freq is set initially, which only
happens if hostapd_get_hw_features in setup_interface2 succeeds.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-12-01 00:22:59 +02:00
Peter Oh
12ae3e3dba mesh: Inform kernel driver about DFS handler in userspace
The kernel requires indication of DFS handler residing in user space
(NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS) to enable DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2020-12-01 00:14:07 +02:00
Peter Oh
a27faf2c9a mesh: Fix channel switch error during CAC
Mesh interface would have used its channel parameters that were
configured during initialization even after channel switch due to DFS
radar detection during CAC which could result in a channel switch error.
Fix the error by updating the channel parameters when channel has been
changed from the initial one.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2020-12-01 00:09:22 +02:00
Peter Oh
e3608040c4 mesh: Update ssid->frequency as pri/sec channels switch
ssid->frequency is one of the variables used to get the channel number
from a given frequency. Leaving it as unchanged when pri/sec channel
switch will cause picking up a wrong channel number after applying the
secondary channel offset for HT40 and leads to failing interface
bring-up.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2020-11-30 12:01:39 +02:00
Peter Oh
f1df4fbfc7 mesh: Use setup completion callback to complete mesh join
Mesh join function is the last function to be called during mesh join
process, but it's been called a bit earlier than it's supposed to be, so
that some mesh parameter values such as VHT capabilities were not
applied correct when mesh join is in process. Moreover, the current
design of mesh join that is called directly after mesh initialization
isn't suitable for DFS channels to use, since mesh join process should
be paused until DFS CAC is done and resumed after it's done.

The callback will be called by hostapd_setup_interface_complete_sync().
There is a possibility that completing mesh init fails, so add error
handling codes for that.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2020-11-30 11:57:37 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
ed24bad1d9 AP: Check driver support while auto-selecting bandwidth for AP/P2P GO
If the maximum operating channel width for AP/P2P GO is not specified,
it is auto-selected during configuration. While selecting the channel
width, if VHT is supported and 160 MHz channels are available, 160 MHz
channel width is preferred to 80 MHz.

During the selection of the channel width, the corresponding driver
capabilities were not checked. As a result, the AP/P2P GO configuration
was set to use the available 160 MHz channels even if the driver did not
have capability to support the 160 MHz channel width causing failure to
start the AP/P2P GO.

Fix this by checking the driver support for the 160 MHz channel width
while selecting the channel width for AP/P2P GO.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-23 20:45:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c77f3d3f9 Indicate whether additional ANQP elements were protected
Store information on whether extra ANQP elements were received using the
protection alternative (protected GAS during an association using PMF)
and make this available through the control interface BSS command.

For example:
anqp[277]=<hexdump>
protected-anqp-info[277]=1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-23 20:32:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
454ebb504c BSS: Use variable length array for IEs at the end of struct wpa_bss
Replace the previously used design "(u8 *) (bss + 1)" with a variable
length array at the end of struct wpa_bss bss->ies[] in hopes of making
this easier to understand for static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 16:25:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
be7ee264f6 BSS: Use wrapper function for getting a pointer to the IE buffer
This makes it easier to change the internal struct wpa_bss design for
storing the variable length IE buffers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 16:21:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95edd81441 BSS: Add wpa_bss_get_ie_ext() wrapper
This removes need from the callers to know the struct wpa_bss details
for the location of the memory area for storing the IEs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 16:00:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dba4f7a545 Mark wpa_bss_get_fils_cache_id() argument const
This function does not modify the BSS entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 15:52:22 +02:00
Rohan Dutta
fdf114641f nl80211: Send the sae_pwe value to the driver
Use NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE attribute to indicate the sae_pwe value
to the driver during the NL80211_CMD_START_AP and NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.

Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <drohan@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 15:50:44 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
2ffd3bb4b6 P2P: Include p2p_6ghz_disable in global configuration
Previously, the configuration to disable the 6 GHz band remained local
to the P2P interface. With this there is a possibility of 6 GHz channels
being included in the channel list when the channel list needs to be
updated if the state changes on one of the interfaces.

Include the configuration to disable the 6 GHz band for P2P as a global
configuration value to prevent the inclusion of 6 GHz channels in the
channel list for P2P when the channel list needs to be updated during
the state change in one of the interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 13:15:28 +02:00
Vinita S. Maloo
60c902f408 Add connect fail reason code from the driver to assoc reject event
Add support to report a vendor specific connect fail reason code fetched
from the driver to users by adding the reason code to the event
CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT. Fetch the connect fail reason code when the
driver sends a failure connection result and append the reason code, if
available, to assoc reject event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-16 13:15:28 +02:00
Vinita S. Maloo
c2c4686228 Set NLA_F_NESTED flag with NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA conditionally
The newer kernel versions enforce strict netlink attribute policy
validation and will cause cfg80211 to reject vendor commands with
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA if NLA_F_NESTED attribute is not set but
if the vendor command is expecting nested data within
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute.

Most of the earlier instances were addressed by adding NLA_F_NESTED
flag in nla_nest_start(). This commit addresses the remaining
instance in which NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA is populated using data
set by user through the control interface.

Enhance the control interface VENDOR command to indicate whether the
vendor subcommand uses nested attributes within NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
attribute or not.

Set NLA_F_NESTED flag for existing QCA vendor commands which use nested
attributes within the NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attributes so that the
old frameworks implementations for already existing commands work
without any issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-10 23:48:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4de21a77a BSS/scan: More conversions to for_each_element_id()
Use the common IE parsing routine in hope of trying to make the length
checks easier for static analyzers. In addition, try to make the
*_vendor_ie_multi() cases easier to analyze as well even though they
cannot use for_each_element_id().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-04 19:50:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa06444f2c dbus: Check eloop registration failure in add_watch handler
Report failures at lower layer to the upper layer D-Bus handling of
socket registration to allow failures to be addressed more cleanly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-04 19:39:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56a1df71e5 BSS: Convert wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie() to use for_each_element_id()
Use the common IE parsing routine in hope of trying to make the length
checks easier for static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-03 21:10:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec0d99c00e HS 2.0: Clarify OSU Friendly Name length validation
This extends the changes in commit 0570a3ea7d ("HS 2.0: Clarify OSU
Provider list length validation") to cover the length field for the OSU
Friendly Name value to try to get this easier for static analyzers to
understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-03 21:03:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f724dd1bfd Remove unused variable update
Commit e8b85c078e ("iface match: Unspecified matched interfaces should
not log driver fails") removed the only use of the added interface wpa_s
pointer, but left that pointer setting in place. Remove it to keep
static analyzers happy.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-11-02 16:36:14 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
79e3f08d3c 6 GHz: Add support for missing 6 GHz operating classes
Add support for missing 6 GHz operating classes as defined in
IEEE P802.11ax/D7.0.

This is needed to avoid OCV failures on the 6 GHz band when the channel
width is larger than 20 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-30 22:52:47 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
c575904761 P2P: Consider BSS entry pending for P2P joining as a known BSS
Consider the BSS entry that is pending for the P2P group join operation
also as a known network along with the existing configured networks.
This prevents removal of the BSS entry that is still in the process of
P2P join operation from the BSS table when the number of entries exceed
bss_max_count.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-26 22:39:42 +02:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
9c39c1a6d3 P2P: Include p2p_add_cli_chan parameter while cloning the configuration
The dynamically created P2P group interface did not consider the
channels that can be used by the P2P client during the P2P group
formation. Copy the p2p_add_cli_chan parameter while cloning the
configuration to the P2P group interface. This allows the dynamically
created group interface case to form the group in the specific
client-only channels when the device is a P2P client in the group.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-22 23:51:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d988b4a5b Fix couple more typos
Couple of similar cases that were not included in the previous commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-20 00:37:01 +03:00
Yegor Yefremov
b439b21a2f wpa_supplicant: Fix typos
Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
2020-10-20 00:37:01 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
b4c7114cf5 wpa_supplicant: Remove unfeasible conditions in config parsing
pos can't be NULL in wpa_global_config_parse_str(), so there is no point
checking this, especially when pos was already dereferenced earlier.
Remove the redundant conditions.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2020-10-19 23:05:33 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
ff7e0c1cf7 wpa_cli: Don't access uninitialized variables
Don't print potentially uninitialized variables in wpa_ctrl_command_bss().
Some compilers and analyzers may warn about it.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2020-10-19 23:01:11 +03:00
Markus Theil
d34b33451c wpa_supplicant: Fix frequency config for VHT/HE cases
Fix compilation without CONFIG_P2P and only set secondary channel seg
idx if we use a mode supporting a sec channel for VHT/HE.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-16 12:50:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0747432efd Fix spelling of "unexpected" in messages
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-16 12:45:26 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
0f7989d8af MSCS: Fix decapsulating subelements from MSCS descriptor
Fix pointer sent for decapsulating subelements from MSCS descriptor
IE while processing (re)association response frames.

Fixes: af8ab3208d ("MSCS: Parse result of MSCS setup in (Re)Association Response frames")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-14 23:09:13 +03:00
Markus Theil
5965c7da5d wpa_supplicant: Enable VHT and HE in default config parameters
Enable VHT and HE as default config parameters in order for
wpa_supplicant AP mode to use it, if hw support is given.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-14 13:05:11 +03:00
Markus Theil
df6745e8c8 wpa_supplicant: Handle HT40 and mode downgrade in AP mode
Add some missing pieces to the interface configuration of AP/mesh mode
in wpa_supplicant.
 - check for secondary channel and HT40 capability
 - try to downgrade to IEEE 802.11b if 802.11g is not available
Especially with the HT40 check, this code now performs all settings,
which the deleted/duplicated mesh code did.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-14 12:49:28 +03:00
Markus Theil
93da12fd9f mesh: Fix channel init order, disable pri/sec channel switch
wpa_supplicant_conf_ap_ht() has to happen before
hostapd_setup_interface() in order for its configuration settings to
have effect on interface configuration.

Disable primary and secondary channel switch because of missing tie
breaking rule/frames in mesh networks. A rather long comment about
this issue is placed in mesh.c in the corresponding place.

I was not able to reproduce the memory corruption during
mesh_secure_ocv_mix_legacy, which lead to a revert of a similar patch in
the past.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-14 12:44:15 +03:00
Markus Theil
7f8ac02e85 HE/VHT: Fix frequency setup with HE enabled
Some places in the code base were not using the wrappers like
hostapd_set_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and friends. This could lead to
errors, for example when joining 80 MHz mesh networks. Fix this, by
enforcing usage of these wrappers.

wpa_supplicant_conf_ap_ht() now checks for HE capability before dealing
with VHT in order for these wrappers to work, as they first check HE
support in the config.

While doing these changes, I've noticed that the extra channel setup
code for mesh networks in wpa_supplicant/mesh.c should not be necessary
anymore and dropped it. wpa_supplicant_conf_ap_ht() should handle this
setup already.

Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-14 12:44:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99d7bf2348 DPP2: Use the new privacy protection key to protect E-id on Enrollee
Use ppKey instead of C-sign-key to encrypted E-id to E'-id into Reconfig
Announcement frame on the Enrollee side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37df40845a DPP2: Copy received ppKey into wpa_supplicant network profile
Store the received privacy protection key from Connector into
wpa_supplicant network profile and indicate it through the control
interface similarly to C-sign-key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-13 23:38:47 +03:00
Udhayakumar Mahendiran
6c41d43f1a mesh: Stop SAE auth timer when mesh node is removed
Not doing this could cause wpa_supplicant to crash.

Signed-off-by: Udhayakumar Mahendiran <udhayakumar@qubercomm.com>
2020-10-12 20:16:12 +03:00
Wystan Schmidt
e3b47cdf86 DPP2: Add DPP_CHIRP commands to hostapd_cli and wpa_cli
Add the DPP control interface chirp commands to the CLIs for greater
visibility and ease of use.

Signed-off-by: Wystan Schmidt <wystan.schmidt@charter.com>
2020-10-11 20:26:21 +03:00
Jimmy Chen
cb3b709367 P2P: Set ap_configured_cb during group reform process
We found that if REMOVE-AND-REFORM occurs before a group is started,
it would not send out GROUP-STARTED-EVENT after AP is enabled.

In the remove-and-reform process, ap_configured_cb is cleared. If a
group is not started, p2p_go_configured() will not be called after
completing AP setup. Fix this by preserving the callback parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2020-10-11 20:08:37 +03:00
Jimmy Chen
0e9f62e514 P2P: Fallback to GO negotiation after running out of GO scan attempts
We found a problem that p2p_fallback_to_go_neg is not handled correctly
after running out of GO scan attempts. When autojoin is enabled and a
group is found in old scan results, supplicant would try to scan the
group several times. If the group is still not found, it reports group
formation failure while p2p_fallback_to_go_neg is enabled already.

If p2p_fallback_to_go_neg is enabled, it should fallback to GO
negotiation, but not report group formation failure after running out of
GO scan attempts.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2020-10-11 20:00:57 +03:00
Andrew Beltrano
7e4ed93d36 wpa_cli: Add dpp_bootstrap_set command
Expose DPP_BOOTSTRAP_SET through wpa_cli command dpp_bootstrap_set <id>
<configurator params..>

Signed-off-by: Andrew Beltrano <anbeltra@microsoft.com>
2020-10-11 19:47:08 +03:00
Johannes Berg
283eee8eed gitignore: Clean up a bit
Now that we no longer leave build artifacts outside the build folder, we
can clean up the gitignore a bit. Also move more things to per-folder
files that we mostly had already anyway.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-11 19:32:50 +03:00
Markus Theil
ae0b90dfa4 mesh: Allow channel switch command
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-11 11:24:14 +03:00
Brian Norris
4b96fafcd8 D-Bus: Share 'remove all networks' with CLI
The D-Bus implementation of RemoveAllNetworks differs wildly from the
CLI implementation. Let's share the implementations.

This resolves use-after-free bugs I noticed, where we continue to use
the 'wpa_s->current_ssid' wpa_ssid object after freeing it, because we
didn't bother to disconnect from (and set to NULL) current_ssid before
freeing it.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-10-10 20:39:00 +03:00
Georg Müller
2818e9ca90 wpa_supplicant: Do not retry scan if operation is not supported
When using NetworkManager to set up an access point, there seems to be a
race condition which can lead to a new log message every second.

The following message appears in AP mode:

    CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-FAILED ret=-95 retry=1

Normally, this log message only appears once. But then (and only then)
the race is triggered and they appear every second, the following log
messages are also present:

    Reject scan trigger since one is already pending
    Failed to initiate AP scan

This patch just disables the retry for requests where the operation is
not supported anyway.

Signed-off-by: Georg Müller <georgmueller@gmx.net>
2020-10-10 20:26:18 +03:00
Benjamin Berg
c0b88d1291 P2P: Limit P2P_DEVICE name to appropriate ifname size
Otherwise the WPA_IF_P2P_DEVICE cannot be created if the base ifname is
long enough. As this is not a netdev device, it is acceptable if the
name is not completely unique. As such, simply insert a NUL byte at the
appropriate place.

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <bberg@redhat.com>
2020-10-10 20:24:55 +03:00
Markus Theil
566ea1b7ce mesh: Set correct address for mesh default broadcast/multicast keys
wpa_drv_set_key() was called with a NULL address for IGTK and MGTK
before this patch. The nl80211 driver will then not add the
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST flag for the key, which wrongly marks
this key also as a default unicast key in the Linux kernel.

With SAE this is no real problem in practice, as a pairwise key will be
negotiated in mesh mode, before the first data frame gets send. When
using IEEE 802.1X in a mesh network in the future, this gets a problem,
as Linux now will encrypt EAPOL frames with the default key, which is
also marked for unicast usage without this patch.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-10-10 20:19:09 +03:00
Brian Norris
17d6ba4c9e DBus: Add "Roam" command support
Add D-Bus interface for ROAM command, imitating the existing wpa_cli
command.

Chromium OS has been carrying a form of this patch for a very long time.
I've cleaned it up a bit and documented it.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-10-10 19:59:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e757bba8a Use consistent spelling of "homogeneous"
The 'H' in HESSID was originally spelled "homogenous" in IEEE Std
802.11-2016 abbreviations and acronyms list, but that was changed in
REVmd to the significantly more common spelling "homonegeneous". Update
this older version to match the new spelling to be consistent throughout
the repository.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-10-10 18:34:59 +03:00
Kevin Lund
cff545720e wpa_supplicant: Clear blacklist when SSID configs change
If the stored configurations for an SSID have changed, we can no longer
trust the current blacklist state of that SSID, since the updated
configs could change the behavior of the network. E.g., the BSS could be
blacklisted due to a bad password, and the config could be updated to
store the correct password. In this case, keeping the BSS in the
blacklist will prevent the user from connecting to the BSS after the
correct password has been updated.

Add the value was_changed_recently to the wpa_ssid struct. Update this
value every time a config is changed through wpa_set_config(). Check
this value in wpa_blacklist_get() to clear the blacklist whenever the
configs of current_ssid have changed.

This solution was chosen over simply clearing the blacklist whenever
configs change because the user should be able to change configs on an
inactive SSID without affecting the blacklist for the currently active
SSID. This way, the blacklist won't be cleared until the user attempts
to connect to the inactive network again. Furthermore, the blacklist is
stored per-BSSID while configs are stored per-SSID, so we don't have the
option to just clear out certain blacklist entries that would be
affected by the configs.

Finally, the function wpa_supplicant_reload_configuration() causes the
configs to be reloaded from scratch, so after a call to this function
all bets are off as to the relevance of our current blacklist state.
Thus, we clear the entire blacklist within this function.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Lund <kglund@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-10-10 18:34:59 +03:00
Kevin Lund
bbbb3c04ef wpa_supplicant: Add new blacklist tests
This change adds some barebones tests for new blacklisting functionality
to wpas_module_tests.c. The tests ensure some basic functionality for
the functions wpa_blacklist_is_blacklisted() and wpa_blacklist_update().

Signed-off-by: Kevin Lund <kglund@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-10-10 18:34:59 +03:00
Kevin Lund
164b8dd8e4 wpa_supplicant: Add wpa_blacklist_update()
This change adds the function wpa_blacklist_update(), which goes through
all blacklist entries and deletes them if their blacklist expired over
an hour ago. The purpose of this is to remove stale entries from the
blacklist which likely do not reflect the current condition of device's
network surroundings. This function is called whenever the blacklist is
polled, meaning that the caller always gets an up-to-date reflection of
the blacklist.

Another solution to clearing the blacklist that was considered was
to slowly reduce the counts of blacklist entries over time, and delete
them if the counts dropped below 0. We decided to go with the current
solution instead because an AP's "problematic" status is really a binary
thing: either the AP is no longer problematic, or it's still causing us
problems. So if we see any more problems within a reasonable amount of
time, it makes sense to just keep the blacklist where it was since the
AP is likely still undergoing the same issue. If we go a significant
amount of time (semi-arbitrarily chosen as 1 hour) without any issues
with an AP, it's reasonable to behave as if the AP is no longer
undergoing the same issue. If we see more problems at a later time, we
can start the blacklisting process fresh again, treating this as a brand
new issue.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Lund <kglund@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-10-10 18:34:59 +03:00
Kevin Lund
d530110028 wpa_supplicant: Implement time-based blacklisting
wpa_supplicant keeps a blacklist of BSSs in order to prevent repeated
associations to problematic APs*. Currently, this blacklist is
completely cleared whenever we successfully connect to any AP. This
causes problematic behavior when in the presence of both a bad AP and
a good AP. The device can repeatedly attempt to roam to the bad AP
because it is clearing the blacklist every time it connects to the good
AP. This results in the connection constantly ping-ponging between the
APs, leaving the user stuck without connection.

Instead of clearing the blacklist, implement timeout functionality which
allows association attempts to blacklisted APs after some time has
passed. Each time a BSS would be added to the blacklist, increase the
duration of this timeout exponentially, up to a cap of 1800 seconds.
This means that the device will no longer be able to immediately attempt
to roam back to a bad AP whenever it successfully connects to any other
AP.

Other details:
The algorithm for building up the blacklist count and timeout duration
on a given AP has been designed to be minimally obtrusive. Starting with
a fresh blacklist, the device may attempt to connect to a problematic AP
no more than 6 times in any ~45 minute period. Once an AP has reached a
blacklist count >= 6, the device may attempt to connect to it no more
than once every 30 minutes. The goal of these limits is to find an
ideal balance between minimizing connection attempts to bad APs while
still trying them out occasionally to see if the problems have stopped.

The only exception to the above limits is that the blacklist is still
completely cleared whenever there are no APs available in a scan. This
means that if all nearby APs have been blacklisted, all APs will be
completely exonerated regardless of their blacklist counts or how close
their blacklist entries are to expiring. When all nearby APs have been
blacklisted we know that every nearby AP is in some way problematic.
Once we know that every AP is causing problems, it doesn't really make
sense to sort them beyond that because the blacklist count and timeout
duration don't necessarily reflect the degree to which an AP is
problematic (i.e. they can be manipulated by external factors such as
the user physically moving around). Instead, its best to restart the
blacklist and let the normal roaming algorithm take over to maximize
our chance of getting the best possible connection quality.

As stated above, the time-based blacklisting algorithm is designed to
be minimally obtrusive to user experience, so occasionally restarting
the process is not too impactful on the user.

*problematic AP: rejects new clients, frequently de-auths clients, very
poor connection quality, etc.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Lund <kglund@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-10-10 18:34:59 +03:00
Kevin Lund
2fd35d9857 wpa_supplicant: Track consecutive connection failures
Within wpas_connection_failed(), the 'count' value of wpa_blacklist is
erroneously used as a tally of the number times the device has failed
to associate to a given BSSID without making a successful connection.
This is not accurate because there are a variety of ways a BSS can be
added to the blacklist beyond failed association such as interference
or deauthentication. This 'count' is lost whenever the blacklist is
cleared, so the wpa_supplicant stores an additional value
'extra_blacklist_count' which helps persist the 'count' through clears.
These count values are used to determine how long to wait to rescan
after a failed connection attempt.

While this logic was already slightly wrong, it would have been
completely broken by the upcoming change which adds time-based
blacklisting functionality. With the upcoming change, 'count' values
are not cleared on association, and thus do not necessarily even
approximate the "consecutive connection failures" which they were being
used for.

This change seeks to remove this unnecessary overloading of the
blacklist 'count' by directly tracking consecutive connection failures
within the wpa_supplicant struct, independent of the blacklist. This new
'consecutive_conn_failures' is iterated with every connection failure
and cleared when any successful connection is made. This change also
removes the now unused 'extra_blacklist_count' value.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Lund <kglund@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-10-10 18:34:59 +03:00
Yogesh Kulkarni
6d6310701b Fix STA mode default TXOP Limit values for AC_VI and AC_VO
commit f4e3860f ("Fix AP mode default TXOP Limit values for AC_VI
and AC_VO") corrects the default values of txop_limit from 93/46
to 94/47 for AP. STA would also need the same change.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Kulkarni <yogesh.kulkarni@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <xiaohua.luo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <ganapathi.bhat@nxp.com>
2020-10-10 17:04:27 +03:00
Johannes Berg
dcc5288e5b gitignore: Add various things
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 13:06:53 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ad6e4a5c59 build: Remove hostapd vs. wpa_supplicant build checks
These are no longer needed now. Note that this was never actually
sufficient since src/drivers/ isn't the only thing shared, and thus a
cross-build detection didn't work in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:53:38 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6acda53222 build: Add .config file to dependencies
If the .config file changes, basically everything needs to be
rebuilt since we don't try to detect which symbols changed or
such. Now that the .config file handling is in the common
build system, make everything depend on it if there's one.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:52:58 +03:00
Johannes Berg
722138cd25 build: Put object files into build/ folder
Instead of building in the source tree, put most object
files into the build/ folder at the root, and put each
thing that's being built into a separate folder.

This then allows us to build hostapd and wpa_supplicant
(or other combinations) without "make clean" inbetween.

For the tests keep the objects in place for now (and to
do that, add the build rule) so that we don't have to
rewrite all of that with $(call BUILDOBJS,...) which is
just noise there.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:51:39 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0464d5d5d6 build: Move config file handling into build.rules
This will make it easier to split out the handling in
a proper way, and handle common cflags/dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:49:31 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0430bc8267 build: Add a common-clean target
Clean up in a more common fashion as well, initially for ../src/.

Also add $(Q) to the clean target in src/

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:48:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
a41a29192e build: Pull common fragments into a build.rules file
Some things are used by most of the binaries, pull them
into a common rule fragment that we can use properly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:47:29 +03:00
Roy Marples
e8b85c078e iface match: Unspecified matched interfaces should not log driver fails
If there is no matching interface given, but interface matching is
enabled, all interfaces on the system will try to be initialized. Non
wireless interfaces will fail and the loopback device will be one of
these, so just log a diagnostic rather than an error.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Roy Marples
83fa0a1004 op_classes: Don't report an error when there are none to add
Instead, log a diagnostic so that noise to the user is reduced. This is
expected behavior with driver interfaces that do not report supported
operating modes/classes.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Matthew Wang
41d20df7f3 D-Bus: Allow empty string in dbus network properties
This is needed for clearing previously set parameters in a similar
manner that was already available through the control interface
SET_NETWORK command.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Matthew Wang
4756ecabcf Allow bgscan parameters to be reconfigured
Teach wpa_supplicant to {de,}initialize bgscans when bgscan parameters
are set after initial connection.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Matthew Wang
922fa09972 Global parser functions to return 1 when property unchanged
Currently, wpa_config_set(), the function that sets wpa_supplicant
per-network properties, returns 1 when a property it attempts to set is
unchanged. Its global parallel, wpa_config_process_global(), doesn't do
this even though much of the code is very similar. Change this, and
several of the parser functions, to resemble the per-network parser and
setter functions.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Matthew Wang
a87173b1d1 D-Bus: Skip property update actions when wpa_config_set() returns 1
When network properties are updated via dbus, wpa_config_set() is used
to update the property in the wpa_ssid struct. If it returns 1, the
property was not changed and there's no need to perform any of the
update actions.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-10-09 15:31:05 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
1c58317f56 D-Bus: Allow changing an interface bridge via D-Bus
D-Bus clients can call CreateInterface() once and use the resulting
Interface object to connect multiple times to different networks.

However, if the network interface gets added to a bridge, clients
currently have to remove the Interface object and create a new one.

Improve this by supporting the change of the BridgeIfname property of
an existing Interface object.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2020-10-09 15:18:10 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
14318ccff5 P2P: Add configuration support to disable P2P in 6 GHz band
Add a new configuration parameter p2p_6ghz_disable=1 to disable P2P
operation in the 6 GHz band. This avoids additional delays caused by
scanning 6 GHz channels in p2p_find and p2p_join operations in the cases
where user doesn't want P2P connection in the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-08 23:29:22 +03:00
Andrew Beltrano
0e8d569d47 DPP2: Presence Announcement notification in STA
Generate a control interface event upon receipt of DPP Presence
Announcement frames. This allows external programs to instrument
wpa_supplicant with bootstrapping information on-demand.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Beltrano <anbeltra@microsoft.com>
2020-10-07 21:23:05 +03:00
Yegor Yefremov
a8f304228d Document the missing ignore_broadcast_ssid network profile parameter
Copy parameter description from hostapd.conf.

Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
2020-10-07 20:53:20 +03:00
Yegor Yefremov
aa704020a3 DBus: Update dont_quote[] with ignore_broadcast_ssid parameter
ignore_broadcast_ssid is supported when using with the config
file. But it generates an error if you try to set it via the
DBus interface.

Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
2020-10-07 20:51:22 +03:00
Disha Das
8e5739c3ac DPP2: Check channel 6 validity before adding it to chirp channel list
Check if the 2.4 GHz channel 6 is in the list of available channels
advertised by the driver before adding in to the chirping frequency
list. This fixes issues, e.g., with a 5 GHz only interface.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-06 23:44:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43ef227e90 P2P: Make use wpas_p2p_reconsider_moving_go timeout gets canceled
The per-interface P2P data freeing function did not cover this eloop
timeout that could potentially have been registered. Explicitly cancel
this timeout to make sure no references to freed memory can remain in
such a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-01 15:48:05 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
57536a5678 P2P: Fix P2P interface remuval through wpa_supplicant_remove_iface()
wpa_supplicant_remove_iface() removes the P2P management interface from
the global interfaces list before calling wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface().
When wpas_p2p_group_remove() is called from
wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface(), the P2P group created on the calling
wpa_s was not getting cleared as the calling wpa_s is not in the list of
global->ifaces. This results in the P2P management interface being
removed without disconnecting the p2p_group created on it. This could
result in an illegal access of freed memory, e.g., when a pending eloop
task wpas_p2p_reconsider_moving_go() was triggered with the leftover ctx
pointer to the removed P2P interface instance.

Fix this by disconnecting the P2P group created on interface to be
deinitialized before deinitializing the interface.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-01 15:48:05 +03:00
Sreeramya Soratkal
760d10cdea P2P: Include channels 149 to 161 for operating classes 128 and 130
With the configuration defined in the global_op_class array, the
channels starting from 149 in the operating classes 128 and 130 were not
considered for P2P channel setup due to the non-continuous
incrementation of channel indexes. The other channels in these operating
classes were considered. Handle the channels from 149 to 161 in the
operating classes 128 and 130 for P2P channel setup by handling this
jump in the channel number incrementation.

Signed-off-by: Sreeramya Soratkal <ssramya@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-01 15:47:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8a1e6a4a1 P2P: Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-30 10:14:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
90e478aa0a DPP2: Use the PFS fallback if multiple key_mgmt values are enabled
Previously this fallback from PFS enabled to disabled (and back to
enabled) was used only if the local network profile used key_mgmt=DPP,
i.e., did not enable another other AKM. That leaves out some valid cases
since the local network profile could actually enable both DPP and SAE.
Extend this check to accept cases DPP AKM is enabled and it was selected
for the connection even if there other enabled AKMs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-23 23:06:55 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5ecb45a41c OCV: Use more granular error codes for OCI validation failures
Enhance the return values of ocv_verify_tx_params with enum to indicate
different OCI verification failures to caller.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-11 15:23:28 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
93a73ce028 MSCS: Fix issues due to incorrect usage of wpa_hexdump_buf()
Previously wpabuf_head() of the buffer is passed to wpa_hexdump_buf()
instead of the wpabuf struct itself and it was causing wpa_supplicant to
crash. Fix this by using the correct pointer in the debug prints.

Fixes: a118047245 ("MSCS: Add support to send MSCS Request frames")
Fixes: c504ff5398 ("MSCS: Add support to populate MSCS Descriptor IE in (Re)AssocReq")
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-08 19:38:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c043b1e000 DPP: Remove unnecessary dpp_global_config parameters
These were not really used anymore since the AP/Relay case did not set
msg_ctx or process_conf_obj in the global DPP context. Get the
appropriate pointers more directly from the more specific data
structures instead and remove these global values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-25 16:02:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ecb6dd16b DPP2: Controller support in hostapd
Extend hostapd support for DPP Controller to cover the DPP_CONTROLLER_*
cases that were previously implemented only in wpa_supplicant. This
allows hostapd/AP to be provisioned using DPP over TCP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-25 15:53:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ba3081f1dc dpp-nfc: Start listen operation more completely for NFC Tag write cases
Share the same setup steps from the negotiated connection handover to
fix issues with NFC Tag write cases in AP mode. This addresses issues in
the AP mode DPP listen operation not actually receiving anything when
the write-a-tag code path was used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-24 23:41:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9bc8811538 DPP2: Fix build without IEEE8021X_EAPOL
The local network profile parameters for EAP are not available without
IEEE8021X_EAPOL, so do not try to set these in builds that do not
include any EAP support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-08-22 12:49:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55a366d7a8 dpp-nfc: Fix recv_octets() regression
The updated socket.poll() loop did not terminate properly in cases where
no response is available. Fix that to check for both False and None.

Fixes: 1733e356e4 ("dpp-nfc: Fix handover client wait for receiving handover select")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-15 00:26:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6a760b9c4 DPP: Add process_conf_obj into TCP connection data struct
This is needed to avoid issues with hostapd not having set this function
pointer in dpp_global.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 17:31:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f366fcbdc DPP: Add msg_ctx into TCP connection data struct
This is needed to avoid issues with hostapd not having set msg_ctx in
dpp_global.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 17:26:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6aa7aa8089 DPP2: hostapd/AP as Enrollee/Initiator over TCP
Extend DPP support in hostapd to allow AP Enrollee role when initiating
the exchange using TCP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 16:44:38 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
d21dde9dac MSCS: Send MSCS change/remove frames only if MSCS setup exists
Allow MSCS change/remove request to be sent only after an initial setup,
i.e., after an add request has been accepted.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:37 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
af8ab3208d MSCS: Parse result of MSCS setup in (Re)Association Response frames
Add support to parse the (Re)Association Response frames to check if the
AP has accepted/declined the MSCS request in response to the
corresponding (Re)Association Request frame. AP indicates the result by
setting it in the optional MSCS Status subelement of MSCS Descriptor
element in (Re)Association Response frame.

This MSCS Status subelement is defined in the process of being added
into P802.11-REVmd/D4.0 (11-20-0516-17-000m-cr-mscs-and-cid4158).

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:37 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
c504ff5398 MSCS: Add support to populate MSCS Descriptor IE in (Re)AssocReq
Include the MSCS Descriptor IE in the (Re)Association Request frames to
setup MSCS between the AP and the STA during association.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:37 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
bbd3178af4 MSCS: Add support to process MSCS Response frames
Add support to receive and process MSCS Response frames from the AP and
indicate the status to upper layers.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:37 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
a118047245 MSCS: Add support to send MSCS Request frames
Add support to send MSCS add/change/remove types of Action frames
to the connected AP.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1733e356e4 dpp-nfc: Fix handover client wait for receiving handover select
This was supposed to wait for up to 3.0 seconds for the handover select,
but the incorrect loop terminated ended up limiting this to a single
iteration of 0.1 second wait. This was too fast for some cases like the
AP mode operation where it may take significant time to enable the radio
for listening to DPP authentication messages.

Fix the loop to allow that full three second wait for the response to be
used. In addition, report the amount of time it takes to receive the
response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 00:11:44 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
596d99567a SME: Process channel switch event in SME only when supplicant's SME is used
Do not process channel switch event in wpa_supplicant's SME when SME is
offloaded to the driver/firmware to avoid SA Query initiation from both
wpa_supplicant and the driver/firmware for the OCV case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 21:39:49 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
170775232d ANQP: Add support to specify frequency in ANQP_GET command
Previously, wpa_supplicant fetched BSS channel info from scan results to
send ANQP Query frames. If the scan results for the specified BSS are
not available, the ANQP_GET command request was getting rejected.

Add support to send ANQP Query frame on the specified frequency without
requiring the scan results to be available.

The control interface command format:
- ANQP_GET <dst_addr> [freq=<freq in MHz>] <Query ID1>[,<Query ID2>,..]

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:51:00 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
43106e122b GAS: Update source MAC address on preassoc_mac_addr randomization
The GAS query source MAC address was not getting updated correctly when
preassoc_mac_addr is enabled. Fix this by copying the current MAC
address to the GAS query source address.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:34:43 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
1289ecf4cc GAS: Ignore preassoc_mac_addr when gas_rand_mac_addr enabled
Skip unnecessary random MAC generation due to preassoc_mac_addr
parameter when gas_rand_mac_addr parameter is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:33:27 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
dbe485a35a SAE-PK: Check psk param also to look for SAE-PK acceptable BSS
SAE-PK password can be set using psk parameter also in case of mixed
SAE+PSK networks, so look for acceptable SAE-PK BSS when SAE password
not set and psk parameter meets SAE-PK password criteria.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:31:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3adc1c623e DPP2: Disconnect before starting reconfiguration
The offchannel operations (scan, Public Action frame TX/RX) have
significantly more latency when performed while connected, so disconnect
when requested to initiate DPP reconfiguration to avoid this. The old
network profile (i.e., likely the current connection) is going to be
replaced in practice and as such, there is no need to try continue that
association any further.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:05:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc3efe0834 DPP2: Support mutual auth with QR in scan-during-auth-exchange case
Extend DPP authentication session search for the DPP_QR_CODE command to
cover the ongoing exchanges in Controller/Responder.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-12 12:04:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4e95aabbf DPP2: Allow Controller to be configured to require QR mutual auth
Extend the DPP_CONTROLLER_START command to accept the optional qr=mutual
parameter similarly to the DPP_LISTEN case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-12 11:41:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86fd6755cb dpp-nfc: Use --altchan value in handover server
Use the alternative channel list in the handover server role when
processing an alternative proposal. This was previously done only in the
handover client role, but with the updated design, both roles act in a
similar manner for the case where the alternative channel list is
specified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-11 23:44:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
315422196a dpp-nfc: Update listen channel based on channel list when writing a tag
Do not use the hardcoded channel 1 (2412 MHz) with DPP_LISTEN if a
channel list is specified when writing an NFC Tag. Instead, pick the
first channel from that list as the listen channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-10 23:52:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9304d1b3c3 DPP2: Regenerate Reconfig Announcement for each transmission
This is needed to generate a new unique A-NONCE and E'-id values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-08 00:14:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d0217119e DPP2: Allow iteration count to be configured for DPP_RECONFIG
Add an optional iter=# parameter to DPP_RECONFIG similarly to the way
this was handled with DPP_CHIRP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-07 23:22:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6d0e5a93d DPP2: Add E-id in Reconfig Announcement
Add an encrypted Enrollee identifier into Reconfig Announcement frames
and decrypt that on the Configurator side. The actual E-id value is
currently not used for anything, but it can be used in the future to
provide better control over reconfiguration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-07 22:54:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e5be6e68c8 DPP2: Add Enrollee netAccessKey group into Reconfig Announcement
This was added to the protocol design to support cases where the
C-sign-key uses a different group than the netAccessKey. The Enrollee
now indicates its netAccessKey group in Reconfig Announcement and the
Configurator builds it own reconfig Connector using that group instead
of the group used for the C-sign-key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-07 15:25:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a58968d39 SAE-PK: Allow SAE-PK password to be set using the psk parameter
Only the sae_password parameter was previously accepted for SAE-PK use.
That is not sufficient for covering mixed SAE+PSK cases. Extend this by
allowing the psk parameter to be used as well just like it can be used
for SAE without SAE-PK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-07 00:49:00 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b28b9dfcbf OCV: OCI channel override support for testing (STA)
Add override parameters to use the specified channel while populating
OCI element in EAPOL-Key group msg 2/2, FT reassoc request, FILS assoc
request and WNM sleep request frames.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-03 11:02:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38ef655eb5 dpp-nfc: Report negotiated connection handover result
Print out a summary of the result in yellow text.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 01:23:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d54618424 dpp-nfc: Stop only_one run after failed handover attempt
Do not require connection handover to succeed before stopping the loop
in the only_one case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 01:09:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f7b5a1d347 dpp-nfc: Do not indicate no initial HS as failure if alt HR will be sent
Do not use red color for the "No response receive" message in case
another HR will be sent after this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 01:00:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
475b34665c dpp-nfc: Improved version of HandoverServer::serve()
Fix processing of the case where no handover select is sent out and add
automatic (delayed) termination of the link on completing the handover
successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 01:00:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc0795e4ff dpp-nfc: Stop process after successful handover client completion
terminate_now was not being set in the only_one case with connection
handover. Set it for that case as well as the tag cases to automatically
close down the link once it is not needed anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 00:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b00bbbfe54 dpp-nfc: Optimize HandoverClient message receiving for alternative HR case
Use a shorter polling interval in recv_octets() to be able to send out
the alternative HR more quickly when using a single thread and handover
client. In addition, fix recv_records() to handle normal exception cases
like not receiving anything.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 00:44:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbfb7b9feb dpp-nfc: Use a single handover client thread
Avoid extra complexity from use a separate thread to send out the
alternative proposal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 00:44:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aaa8638ed2 dpp-nfc: Add a class for maintaining connection handover state
This cleans up the shared state between the handover server and client.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-30 21:34:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66d74626ba dpp-nfc: Reuse the same handover client for alternative URI
Postpone closing of the handover client to allow the same client to be
used for sending both handover request messages if an alternative URI
needs to be tried.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-30 20:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e904441c8 dpp-nfc: Add peer URI into the HS in testing mode
This makes it easier to confirm that the correct pair of the HR and the
HS were used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-30 20:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3021b14c49 dpp-nfc: Enable more verbose nfcpy debugging
Set logging level to various upper layer nfcpy modules to enable more
detailed debugging of the actual NFC operations when requested (-d on
the command line).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-30 16:49:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d3e16d0b0 dpp-nfc: Skip P2P management interfaces
Do not try to perform DPP operations on the P2P management interface
when no specific interface has been identified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-30 12:51:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9c192ffc7 dpp-nfc: Ignore (no) response to initial handover request
If an alternative proposal (second handover request) is sent, the
response (or lack of it) to the initial handover request should be
ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-24 12:46:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d27bcb8e7 dpp-nfc: Do not allow more than one alternative channel proposal
This avoids potential loops of endless alternative URI exchanges over
NFC negotiated connection handover. Only allow one such alternative
proposal and declarare the handover as a failure if another alternative
were needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-24 12:27:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6eaee933d7 dpp-nfc: Add test mode for negotiated connection handover
Allow all actual DPP processing steps in wpa_supplicant to be skipped by
specifying hardcoded URI values. Also allow a hardcoded crn to be
specified to force specific handover requestor/selector roles.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-24 12:27:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4877083ec Rename driver op for temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
Use the "tmp_disallow" name more consistently so that both the core
wpa_supplicant functionality (struct wpa_bss_tmp_disallowed) and the
wpa_driver_ops callback have more similar names.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-24 12:26:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15018d4f4a DPP2: Fix auth termination after receiving Configurator backup
remove_on_tx_status needs to be set in this case even if
dpp_config_processing=2 is used since there will be no connection
attempt when receiving a Configurator backup instead of station config
object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-23 18:01:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
74cd38ac69 dpp-nfc: Return failure status if operation fails
For now, this is done only for the case where the NFC Device is not
usable and if writing a single tag fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-23 12:26:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e2edfbc1a dpp-nfc: Add color and details for interactive operations
Make the debug output easier to read when performing interactive NFC
operations on a device that has a terminal showing the log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-23 12:10:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
09c22bb782 dpp-nfc: Fix regression in NFC Tag writing
The change to checking DPP_LISTEN return value ended up overwriting the
actual URI information from wpas_get_nfc_uri().

Fixes: 288c0ffaaa ("dpp-nfc: Do not hardcode netrole for NFC Tag writing cases")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-23 11:32:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e4a42c745 dpp-nfc: Detect a non-NDEF tag when trying to write
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-23 11:27:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
288c0ffaaa dpp-nfc: Do not hardcode netrole for NFC Tag writing cases
Allow netrole to be specified for NFC Tag writing cases. Previously,
this was hardcoded to use netrole=configurator when starting the listen
operation. Now the netrole parameter is not included by default, but any
netrole value can be specified with the new --netrole command line
argument.

In addition, fix the listening frequency for the case where a channel is
picked.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-23 01:30:30 +03:00
Yu Wang
885097125c mesh: Fix peer link counting when removing a mesh peer
When removing a mesh peer with control interface commands (ACCEPT_ACL
DEL_MAC/DENY_ACL ADD_MAC/MESH_PEER_REMOVE) the plink count was not
decreased from its last connection. This resulted in peer link count
leakage and wpa_supplicant rejecting the connections after reaching
max_peer_links (default: 99).

Fix this by decreasing the plink count when removing a mesh peer which
is in PLINK_ESTAB state.

Signed-off-by: Yu Wang <yyuwang@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-15 12:00:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8632dea4ae DPP2: Make sure dpp_auth gets cleared with external config processing
wpa_s->dpp_auth did not get cleaner if dpp_config_processing=1 is used.
Clear this after having received TX status for Configuration Result to
avoid leaving behind the completed provisioning instance.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-26 20:50:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7ae422961 DPP2: Do not allow reconfiguration to be started with pending auth
The pending authentication exchange will make us ignore Reconfig
Authentication Request, so do not allow reconfiguration to be started in
that state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-26 20:40:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d93df9989f DPP2: Debug print reason for rejecting reconfiguration
This makes it easier to understand why Reconfig Authentication Request
gets ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-26 20:37:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c9dc075fcd dpp-nfc: Fix connection handover renegotiation
The use of the alternative channel list did not work properly for the
case were both ends were trying to initiate the negotiated connection
handover. Fix this by always starting a new connection handover client
thread for sending the alternative proposal and ignoring peer messages
(likely something from the first attempt) during this modified attempt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-24 22:37:52 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
d0819a11cc FILS: Use FILS auth alg when connecting using PMKSA caching
When a PMKSA cache entry is available and used for connection with FILS
key management suite, use FILS authentication algorithm for connection
even if ERP keys are not available. This scenario may happen when
applications using wpa_supplicant cache persistently only PMKSA but not
ERP keys and reconfigures wpa_supplicant with PMKSA cache after
restarting wpa_supplicant.

The previous implementation correctly handles SME-in-wpa_supplicant
cases. However, SME-in-driver cases, complete FILS authentication
without PMKSA caching is performed.

Fix SME-in-driver behavior by setting authentication algorithm to
WPA_AUTH_ALG_FILS when connecting to a FILS AP using PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-24 00:29:58 +03:00
Wu Gao
52a3257621 6 GHz: Change 6 GHz channels per IEEE P802.11ax/D6.1
The channel numbering/center frequencies was changed in IEEE
P802.11ax/D6.1. The center frequencies of the channels were shifted by
10 MHz. Also, a new operating class 136 was defined with a single
channel 2. Add required support to change the channelization as per IEEE
P802.11ax/D6.1.

Signed-off-by: Wu Gao<wugao@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-24 00:29:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5908fedc10 dpp-nfc: Support channel list negotiation
If the peer's channel list in negotiated handover does not have any
common channels and the local end is configured with an alternative
channel list, try to initiate another negotiation handover with the
alternative channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-23 13:24:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eddf22e1f2 dpp-nfc: Update debug print for tag-read-only operation
Be clearer about only a tag read being allowed when dpp-nfc is
configured to not allow connection handover.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-23 00:57:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b62e46f690 DPP2: Fix DPP_CA_SET processing with authentication not having peer BI
Need to check for auth->peer_bi being set before using it here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-22 21:45:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f4a52c3cc DPP: Clear bootstrap entries only after clearing authentication state
This fixes an issue where the pending authentication might have held a
reference to auth->tmp_peer_bi and dpp_auth_deinit() would try to free
that bootstrapping entry. This needs to happen before the call to
dpp_global_clear() to avoid double-removal of the bootstrapping entry
from the list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-22 20:00:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b5dab03a13 Convert int to bool for throughput estimate tables
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-06-19 18:34:26 +03:00
Matthew Wang
b97aa038b7 Add WPA_EVENT_{DO,SKIP}_ROAM events
Add events for within-ESS reassociation. This allows us to monitor roam
events, both skipped and allowed, in tests.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-06-19 18:34:26 +03:00
Matthew Wang
d6b450e890 Refactor wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam()
Pull all the within-ESS roam code out of wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam()
and into its own function, wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam_within_ess().
This way, we avoid interleaving several #ifndef's in the original
function and wrap the new function in one big #ifndef. This also
modularizes the within-ESS roam code and makes it easier to test.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-06-19 18:30:08 +03:00
Matthew Wang
2ff5a1fdb1 Use lookup-table instead of macro for TX rate estimates
Change INTERPOLATE_RATE() macro to a lookup-table instead for the sake
of readability.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-06-19 16:59:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa09b85c4e DPP2: Remove forgetten development time debug prints
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:37:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f88dcf050 DPP2: Add an automatic peer_bi entry for CSR matching if needed
This allows the DPP_CA_SET command to be targeting a specific DPP-CST
event in cases where the Configurator did not receive the bootstrapping
information for the peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:13:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b25ddfe9d3 DPP2: Add Enrollee name into CSR as the commonName
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:13:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
697fa0c4bd DPP2: Do not try to proceed with GAS client if CSR building fails
This error path was supposed to stop instead of continuing to
wpas_dpp_start_gas_client().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-18 12:09:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3a3eded0dc DPP2: Allow CSR processing by CA/RA to reject configuration
"DPP_CA_SET name=status value=<int>" can now be used to explicitly
indicate that CSR was rejected by CA/RA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-17 21:39:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ace3723d98 DPP2: Enterprise provisioning (Enrollee)
Add initial Enrollee functionality for provisioning enterprise (EAP-TLS)
configuration object. This commit is handling only the most basic case
and a number of TODO items remains to handle more complete CSR
generation and config object processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:26:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6568e5d203 DPP2: Enterprise provisioning (Configurator)
Add Configurator functionality for provisioning enterprise (EAP-TLS)
configuration object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:24:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68ac45d53c GAS server: Support comeback delay from the request handler
Allow GAS request handler function to request comeback delay before
providing the response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-15 23:56:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
518be614f1 SAE-PK: Advertise RSNXE capability bit in STA mode
Set the SAE-PK capability bit in RSNXE when sending out (Re)Association
Request frame for a network profile that allows use of SAE-PK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 12:47:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc2d03601b HS 2.0: Use global pmf=2 for the created network block
Previously, PMF support was enabled in optional mode (ieee80211w=1) for
Hotspot 2.0 network blocks automatically. This did not consider the
global PMF parameter and unconditionally changed that value to optional.
Since the newly added network block had an explicit ieee80211w
parameter, this overrode the global parameter. To make this less
surprising, use the global pmf parameter value to select whether to add
network blocks for Hotspot 2.0 with PMF being optionally enabled (pmf=0
or pmf=1) or required (pmf=2).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-09 00:55:13 +03:00
Subrat Dash
790026c3da Allow TX queue parameters to be configured for wpa_supplicant AP/P2P GO
Allow user to configure the TX queue parameters through the
wpa_supplicant configuration file similarly to the way these can be set
in hostapd.

Parse the tx_queue_* parameters in the wpa_supplicant configuration file
and update the TX queue configuration to the AP/P2P GO interface in the
function wpa_supplicant_create_ap().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-09 00:29:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fcef598ea2 Do not try to connect with zero-length SSID
It was possible to find a BSS to local network profile match for a BSS
entry that has no known SSID when going through some of the SSID
wildcard cases. At leas the OWE transition mode case without BSSID match
could result in hitting this. Zero-length SSID (i.e., wildcard SSID) is
not valid in (Re)Association Request frame, so such an association will
fail. Skip such a BSS to avoid known-to-be-failing association attempts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 21:40:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5f48d36b4a SAE-PK: Select SAE-PK network over SAE without PK
If there is an acceptable BSS with SAE-PK enabled in the same ESS,
select that over a BSS that does not enable SAE-PK when the network
profile uses automatic SAE-PK selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-07 16:49:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d654ca24de Clean up wpa_scan_res_match()
Move the BSS-against-SSID matching into a separate helper function to
make this overly long function a bit more readable and to allow that
helper function to be used for other purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-07 16:30:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ad010c290 SAE-PK: Allow automatic SAE-PK to be disabled
This replaces the previously used sae_pk_only configuration parameter
with a more generic sae_pk that can be used to specify how SAE-PK is
negotiated. The default behavior (sae_pk=0) is to automatically
negotiate SAE-PK whenever the AP supports it and the password is in
appropriate format. sae_pk=1 allows only SAE-PK to be used and sae_pk=2
disables SAE-PK completely.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-07 11:55:16 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
85ca13ebcf wpa_cli: Add all_bss command to print all scan results (BSS entries)
The wpa_supplicant control interface returns maximum of 4 kB of response
data and, thus, limits maximum number of scan entries as part of
SCAN_RESULTS to approximately 60. Add a new all_bss command to use a
more robust iteration of the BSS table entries with the BSS command to
to get all scan entries and print them in the same format as the
scan_results command.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 17:07:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
215b4d8a72 FT: Do not add PMKID to the driver for FT-EAP if caching is disabled
wpa_supplicant disables PMKSA caching with FT-EAP by default due to
known interoperability issues with APs. This is allowed only if the
network profile is explicitly enabling caching with
ft_eap_pmksa_caching=1. However, the PMKID for such PMKSA cache entries
was still being configured to the driver and it was possible for the
driver to build an RSNE with the PMKID for SME-in-driver cases. This
could result in hitting the interop issue with some APs.

Fix this by skipping PMKID configuration to the driver fot FT-EAP AKM if
ft_eap_pmksa_caching=1 is not used in the network profile so that the
driver and wpa_supplicant behavior are in sync for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 16:48:57 +03:00
Tanmay Garg
63653307df Add support for indicating missing driver AKM capability flags
Add support for missing driver AKM capability flags from the list of
RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* flags and make these available through the
'GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt' control interface command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d1cbaaff7 SAE-PK: Transition mode disabled indication processing
Allow AP to disable transition mode for SAE-PK (i.e., prevent SAE
authentication without SAE-PK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a752695290 SAE: Add sae_h2e and sae_pk to wpa_supplicant STATUS command
This provides additional information on which options were used during
SAE authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc22fb1b86 SAE: Move H2E and PK flags to main sae_data
This maintains knowledge of whether H2E or PK was used as part of the
SAE authentication beyond the removal of temporary state needed during
that authentication. This makes it easier to use information about which
kind of SAE authentication was used at higher layer functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc908daace Document more network profile parameters
Some of the recently added wpa_supplicant network profile parameters
were not documented in wpa_supplicant.conf. Add these there based on the
documentation in config_ssid.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c846d647e SAE-PK: Allow SAE authentication without PK to be disabled
The new wpa_supplicant network profile parameter sae_pk_only=1 can now
be used to disable use of SAE authentication without SAE-PK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6bcd74e53 Show SAE capabilities in control interface
Indicate local support for SAE H2E and SAE-PK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 23:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9bf576870e Show SAE flags in scan results
Indicate AP support for SAE H2E and SAE-PK in scan results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 23:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7aeb6d8ac SAE-PK: STA functionality
This adds STA side functionality for SAE-PK. This version enables SAE-PK
automatically based on the configured SAE password value if the selected
AP advertises support for SAE-PK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 23:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b9e99e571 SAE-PK: Extend SAE functionality for AP validation
This adds core SAE functionality for a new mode of using SAE with a
specially constructed password that contains a fingerprint for an AP
public key and that public key being used to validate an additional
signature in SAE confirm from the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 23:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c1f61e820 OCV: Report OCI validation failures with OCV-FAILURE messages (STA)
Convert the previously used text log entries to use the more formal
OCV-FAILURE prefix and always send these as control interface events to
allow upper layers to get information about unexpected operating channel
mismatches.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-30 00:24:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52579be860 OCV: Move "OCV failed" prefix to callers
Make reporting of OCV validation failure reasons more flexible by
removing the fixed prefix from ocv_verify_tx_params() output in
ocv_errorstr so that the caller can use whatever prefix or encapsulation
that is most appropriate for each case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 18:34:59 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
2d118f557a OCV: Add support to override channel info OCI element (STA)
To support the STA testbed role, the STA has to use specified channel
information in OCI element sent to the AP in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4, SA Query
Request, and SA Query Response frames. Add override parameters to use
the specified channel while populating OCI element in all these frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 18:01:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2080e8657 Clear current PMKSA cache selection on association/roam
It was possible for the RSN state machine to maintain old PMKSA cache
selection (sm->cur_pmksa) when roaming to another BSS based on
driver-based roaming indication. This could result in mismatching state
and unexpected behavior, e.g., with not generating a Suite B PMKSA cache
entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 16:25:50 +03:00
Davide Caratti
39f29f250a defconfig: Enable TDLS
Some distros (e.g., Debian and Arch) already build wpa_supplicant with
support for TDLS, and Fedora is about to enable this feature as well.
Set CONFIG_TDLS=y in wpa_supplicant default build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2020-05-17 16:10:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4294d221d3 D-Bus: Increase introspection buffer size
It was apparently possible to hit the 20000 octet limit in some cases,
so increase the limit to avoid process termination due to insufficient
room for preparing a response to Introspect calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 21:46:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
79488da576 wolfssl: Do not hardcode include directory in wpa_supplicant build
This is not really appropriate for any kind of cross compilations and is
not really needed in general since system specific values can be set in
.config.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 21:07:45 +03:00
Jan Tojnar
0388992905 wpa_gui: Fix build with Inkscape 1.0
Inkscape 1.0 revamped their CLI flags, breaking the icon build.

https://wiki.inkscape.org/wiki/index.php?title=Using_the_Command_Line#Background

Signed-off-by: Jan Tojnar <jtojnar@gmail.com>
2020-05-16 16:13:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7adea21d2f dpp-nfc: Enable hostapd beaconing for listen state
This is needed to be able to receive Public Action frames when hostapd
was initially started with start_disabled=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 14:46:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
134ad50b0e dpp-nfc: Clean up debug prints when handover select is received
If the local device becomes the handover selector, make the debug log
entries about client functionality not receiving the response clearer
since that is not really an error case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 14:20:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d49c1bf7c dpp-nfc: Do not indicate a single channel 1 by default
Allow any channel to be used by not including a specific single channel
in the handover request without a need (for AP mode, use the current
operating channel). When sending out the handover select, pick a single
channel if no specific channel has been negotiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 14:17:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d0e2d8091f dpp-nfc: Make handover request collision detection more robust
Wait up to 100 ms for own handover request transmission to succeed if
peer handover request is received, but own crn is not yet available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 12:10:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8791e7461c dpp-nfc: Write debug info to summary log
Convert most print() calls to use the summary() helper so that the
printed information gets written into a log file as well. In addition,
start using a mutex lock to synchronize debug prints between threads to
avoid merging of messages from different contexts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 12:03:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e0bc897ab dpp-nfc: Collision detection for handover request
Address possible handover request collisions for cases where both
devices try to initiate handover simultaneously.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 02:26:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ad3fe9343 dpp-nfc: Start handover server regardless of init-on-touch setting
The previous version was trying to force the handover roles based on the
--init-on-touch parameter on both sides. That is fine for some test
scenarios, but not appropriate for more normal use cases. Change this
design to enable handover server in all cases and only control starting
of the handover client based on --init-on-touch.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 01:21:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24efcdf74d dpp-nfc: Own MAC address fetching from hostapd
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 00:44:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f96f2c3b1 dpp-nfc: Be more graceful when wpa_supplicant is not available
Do not try to proceed with negotiated connection handover if
wpa_supplicant control interface is not available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 00:31:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b04d3c578 dpp-nfc: Allow wpa_supplicant control interface directory to be set
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-14 21:52:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
69dfbe6a93 dpp-nfc: Use Configurator/Enrollee parameters with tag reading
This was previously done only for the negotiated connection handover
case, but the same parameters are useful for the tag reading cases (URI
record and static handover).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-14 21:46:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f85fb349fd dpp-nfc: More robust determination of the script directory
Make it more robust to import wpaspy regardless of how dpp-nfc.py is
being executed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-14 21:29:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44f7866784 Clean up GET_CAPABILITY handling of 'strict' argument
There is no need to maintain a pointer to the substring "strict"; use a
bool instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 17:33:54 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
3790f3a6ee Use per-interface type driver key_mgmt capabilities when possible
Use key_mgmt_iftype instead of key_mgmt when the specific interface type
is known by the context of the operation.

Use per interface type AKM capabilities in capa.key_mgmt_iftype array
based on the wpa_supplicant context instead of using capa.key_mgmt to
determine the driver AKM capability.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 17:33:54 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
8d7502809c Allow per interface type AKM capabilities to be fetched
Add support to query per interface type AKM capabilities through the
control interface. For example, "GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt
iftype=STATION".

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 17:33:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
db59827a3c DPP2: Extend TCP encapsulation case to support Configurator as Initiator
This allows DPP_AUTH_INIT to be used with tcp_addr=<dst> argument and
Configurator parameters to perform Configurator initiated DPP
provisioning over TCP. Similarly, DPP_CONTROLLER_START can now be used
to specify Configurator/Enrollee roles and extend Controller to work in
Enrollee role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 14:48:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0086c14528 DPP: Extend NFC bootstrapping script for more control by caller
Add more parameters to dpp-nfc.py to allow it to be used with more
detailed control by the caller. This allows Enrollee/Configurator roles
to be selected and Configurator parameters to be specified on the
command line.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 00:57:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
670e153377 DPP2: Fix DPP_CHIRP listen parameter value validation
Check the correct variable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:28:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3aaf269f67 DPP: Move TCP encapsulation into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21c612017b DPP: Move configurator backup into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdbbb74064 DPP: Move authentication functionality into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
182f6ae905 DPP2: Remove reconfigured network
Do not leave behind the old network profile when reconfiguration is
completed successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e48c5d4b4 DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Confirm processing
Extend Enrollee functionality to process Reconfig Authentication
Confirm message and start GAS client.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24b01c706b DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Response processing and Confirm generation
Extend Configurator functionality to process Reconfig Authentication
Response message, derive the needed keys, and generate Reconfig
Authentication Confirm message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65e94351dc DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Request processing and Response generation
Extend Enrollee functionality to process Reconfig Authentication Request
message, derive the needed keys, and generate Reconfig Authentication
Response message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3774b6bd03 DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Request generation and transmission
Extend Configurator functionality to sign a special Connector for
reconfiguration and reply with Reconfig Authentication Request frame
when Reconfig Announcement frame is received with a matching C-sign key
hash value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66ac616cdb DPP2: Process received Reconfig Announcement frame
Check if there is a matching Configurator and be ready to initiate
Reconfig Authentication (which itself is not included in this commit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c043d9de7 DPP2: Reconfig Announcement transmission
Extend DPP chirping mechanism to allow Reconfig Announcement frames to
be transmitted instead of the Presence Announcement frames. Add a new
wpa_supplicant control interface command "DPP_RECONFIG <network id>" to
initiate reconfiguration for a specific network profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4ae12355a DPP: Move PKEX functionality into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87b6572616 DPP: Move crypto routines into a separate source code file
This is an initial step in splitting the overly long dpp.c into smaller
pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 12:09:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0a488ef35c DPP: Track ending time for remain-on-channel operations
This may be needed to optimize use of offchannel TX operations with
wait-for-response when near the end of a pending remain-on-channel
operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-09 17:32:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cbafc8ef4b Fix truncated control interface command detection
The recvfrom() calls were supposed to use the full allocated buffer size
(max+1) to match the res > max check.

Fixes: 96b6dd21a0 ("Increase wpa_supplicant control interface buffer size")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-05 00:18:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
12c8eacf73 DPP: Allow version number to be overridden for testing purposes
"SET dpp_version_override <ver>" can now be used to request
wpa_supplicant and hostapd to support a subset of DPP versions. In
practice, the only valid case for now is to fall back from DPP version 2
support to version 1 in builds that include CONFIG_DPP2=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
143e3d8bc5 DPP2: Add DPP KDE into EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 when using DPP AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f5f000086 DPP2: Try to negotiate PFS only if AP supports version 2 or newer
Check AP's DPP Protocol Version during network introduction and mark the
PMKSA cache as suitable for PFS use with version 2 or newer. This avoids
unnecessary attempt of negotiating PFS with version 1 APs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f6c22dcdea Use a local pointer to simply current_ssid accesses in sme_associate()
It is simpler to assign wpa_s->current_ssid to a local pointer now that
there are numerous dereferences of current_ssid within sme_associate().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42acf1292d DPP2: Add Protocol Version attribute to network introduction messages
This can be used to determine whether to try to negotiate PFS (only
available with version 2 or higher).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
96b6dd21a0 Increase wpa_supplicant control interface buffer size
Increase the maximum command length from 4 kB to 8 kB mainly to allow
larger certificate blobs to be configured. Use heap memory to avoid
inconveniently large stack requirements. In addition, reject potentially
truncated commands instead of trying to process them.

The maximum length of the request can now be determined with
"GET max_command_len".

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-03 12:16:29 +03:00
Hai Shalom
c54a5e96b5 Randomize GAS dialog token
Randomize GAS dialog token field, instead of using an incremental
counter with predictable values. This change will make this field
unuseful for user fingerprinting.

Signed-off-by: Hai Shalom <haishalom@google.com>
2020-04-29 13:15:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d58e8286f FILS: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86ea761e93 mesh: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e5eb5a312 MACsec: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da8478a1ab EAPOL supp: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37e3501bf7 FST: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c5edededa DPP: Fix config exchange with gas_rand_mac_addr
Do not use a random MAC address for the GAS exchange that is used as
part of the DPP protocol exchange since that would break DPP.
Configurator expects the same MAC address to be used for DPP
Authentication exchange and DPP Configuration exchange (GAS).

Since the DPP Authentication exchange has already used the MAC address
configured on the interface, use of a random address for the GAS
exchange would not provide any additional privacy protection. If a
random MAC address needs to be used for this type of an exchange, that
random address would need to be first configured on the interface before
starting DPP exchange.

This does not change GAS query behavior for any other use case, i.e.,
the gas_rand_mac_addr configuration continues to apply to all the
Interworking/Hotspot 2.0 uses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-22 17:09:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d2ec436e3 DPP: Add driver operation for enabling/disabling listen mode
This can be used to configure RX filter to be able to receive broadcast
DPP Public Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-20 23:52:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c70b7d0b4 Do not open l2_packet(EAPOL) for receive unnecessarily
If the driver supports control port for EAPOL RX, do not register
l2_packet for RX to minimize unnecessary operation load.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 17:42:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3bb8865a0 Clean up l2_packet_get_own_addr() call
There is no need for this to be outside the if block that is used to
check whether l2_packet is used for the interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 16:50:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d6334e811 Do not open l2_packet bridge workaround socket if control port is used
This allows wpa_supplicant to avoid the packet socket workaround for
cases where a bridge interface is used if the driver supports control
port for EAPOL frame TX and RX.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 16:50:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb9e3935dd driver: Add second driver capability flags bitmap
All 64 bits of the capability flags bitmap are used, so add a new
variable to hold future capability bits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 15:53:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6255a8ac1f WPS: Convert WPA/TKIP-only to WPA+WPA2 mixed mode credential
This case of accepting WPA/TKIP-only credential based on internal
registrar request to configure an AP to use TKIP was still remaining
while all the WPS cases were supposed to enable mixed mode
automatically. This is bit of a corner case since this is based on
explicit local request to configure TKIP, but anyway, convert this one
as well to allow WPA2/CCMP to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-17 23:51:58 +03:00
Disha Das
6b1c590ebb Allow TKIP support to be removed from build
Add a build flag CONFIG_NO_TKIP=y to remove all TKIP functionality from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant builds. This disables use of TKIP as both the
pairwise and group cipher. The end result does not interoperate with a
WPA(v1)-only device or WPA+WPA2 mixed modes.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-17 23:51:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b2d8dc59f4 FT: Testing override for RSNXE Used subfield in FTE
Allow wpa_supplicant to be requested to override the RSNXE Used subfield
in FT reassociation case for testing purposes with "SET ft_rsnxe_used
<0/1/2>" where 0 = no override, 1 = override to 1, and 2 = override to
0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-14 16:37:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97beccc838 SAE: Fix build without DPP/OWE/ERP
SAE needs sha256-kdf.c to be included in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-04 18:11:11 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
c7a9a5745b P2P: Start group with user configured params after accepting invitation
Use global configuration parameters while invoking a persistent P2P
group after accepting P2P Invitation Request from a peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-03 20:32:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
512b6c02e0 DPP: Mandate mutual auth with NFC negotiated connection handover
Mark own bootstrap information as having been used in NFC negotiated
connection handover and do not accept non-mutual authentication when
processing Authentication Response from the peer when such bootstrapping
information is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-03 16:27:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4eb009d98 DPP2: Add Connector and C-sign-key in psk/sae credentials for reconfig
If the Enrollee indicates support for DPP R2 or newer, add Connector and
C-sign-key in psk/sae credentials (i.e., cases where DPP AKM is not
enabled) for reconfiguration. Extend processing of such credentials in
wpa_supplicant network profile addition to handle this new case
correctly by not setting key_mgmt=DPP based on Connector being present,
but by looking at the actual akm value in the config object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-02 21:34:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1dcfbab254 DPP2: Clear requirement for QR Code mutual authentication for chirping
The chirping cases are not really targeting interactive operations, so
clear the requirement for mutual authentication when DPP_CHIRP command
is used. This avoids testing isues where an earlier DPP_LISTEN command
has used qr=mutual parameter and that seting not getting cleared before
the next DPP_CHIRP command is used.

This fixes a test case failure in the following test sequence:
dpp_auth_resp_status_failure dpp_controller_relay_chirp

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-01 17:19:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e794989e5 Beacon frame protection event for incorrect protection
Define a driver interface event for Beacon frame protection failures.
Report such events over the control interface and send a
WNM-Notification Request frame to the AP as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-01 16:22:48 +03:00
P Praneesh
7c8f540ee0 wpa_supplicant: Add HE override support
Add HE override support under the build parameter CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES=y.
The disable_he=1 network profile parameter can be used to disable HE.
This requires a fallback to VHT on the 5 GHz band and to HT on the 2.4
GHz band.

There is no nl80211 support for configuring the driver to disable HE, so
for now, this applies only to IBSS and mesh cases.

Signed-off-by: P Praneesh <ppranees@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-30 12:55:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4f5d1f0c7 DPP: Add some more details on how to use DPP
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-29 23:24:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66e20bb1a7 Fix the dpp_configurator_sign example command
The mandatory ssid parameter was forgotten from this command when it was
added to the dpp_auth_init examples.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-29 23:07:42 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
bbf94a0958 nl80211: Configure PMKSA lifetime and reauth threshold timer to driver
Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime and reauth
threshold time of configured PMKSA so that they can trigger full
authentication to avoid unnecessary disconnection. To support this, send
dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime and dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold values
configured in wpa_supplicant to the driver while configuring a PMKSA.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-28 17:27:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5058f771d9 DPP2: Allow station to require or not allow PFS
The new wpa_supplicant network profile parameter dpp_pfs can be used to
specify how PFS is applied to associations. The default behavior
(dpp_pfs=0) remains same as it was previously, i.e., try to use PFS if
the AP supports it. PFS use can now be required (dpp_pfs=1) or disabled
(dpp_pfs=2).

This is also working around an interoperability issue of DPP R2 STA with
certain hostapd builds that included both OWE and DPP functionality.
That issue was introduced by commit 09368515d1 ("OWE: Process
Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in AP mode") and removed by commit
16a4e931f0 ("OWE: Allow Diffie-Hellman Parameter element to be
included with DPP"). hostapd builds between those two commits would
reject DPP association attempt with PFS. The new wpa_supplicant default
(dpp_pfs=0) behavior is to automatically try to connect again with PFS
disabled if that happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-28 17:23:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06dd32903d DPP2: Presence Announcement processing at Configurator
Process received Presence Announcement frames and initiate
Authentication exchange if matching information is available on the
Configurator.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
562f77144c DPP2: Chirping in wpa_supplicant Enrollee
Add a new wpa_supplicant control interface command "DPP_CHIRP own=<BI
ID> iter=<count>" to request chirping, i.e., sending of Presence
Announcement frames, to be started.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
547dc7eaa3 DPP: Add DPP_BOOTSTRAP_SET command
"DPP_BOOTSTRAP_SET <ID> <configurator parameters..>" can now be used to
set peer specific configurator parameters which will override any global
parameters from dpp_configurator_params.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
514cc49ba5 DPP: Store global pointers in struct dpp_authentication
Set the global pointer and msg_ctx when allocating struct
dpp_authentication instead of needing to pass these to
dpp_set_configurator().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc95d58330 Fix a typo in function documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 12:43:28 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
8ca6f924d6 STA: Fix wpa_clear_keys() PTK key deletion logic
We have to delete PTK keys when either BIT(0) or BIT(15) are zero and
not only when both are zero.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-26 00:33:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96686e637c wpa_supplicant AP mode configuration for Transition Disable KDE
Allow AP mode network profile in wpa_supplicant to be configured to
advertise Transition Disable DKE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 00:18:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d1857cf35 Process Transition Disable KDE in station mode
Check whether the Transition Disable KDE is received from an
authenticated AP and if so, whether it contains valid indication for
disabling a transition mode. If that is the case, update the local
network profile by removing the less secure options.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 00:13:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41c3f0cd5b Allow last configured Key ID for TK to be fetched from wpa_supplicant
"GET last_tk_key_idx" can now be used in testing build to determine
which was the last configured Key ID for the pairwise key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-23 11:47:31 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
b17b7a8e53 STA: Support Extended Key ID
Support Extended Key ID in wpa_supplicant according to
IEEE Std 802.11-2016 for infrastructure (AP) associations.

Extended Key ID allows to rekey pairwise keys without the otherwise
unavoidable MPDU losses on a busy link. The standard is fully backward
compatible, allowing STAs to also connect to APs not supporting it.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-23 11:47:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b967b5e859 Limit scan frequency list to 100 entries
There is no real use case for the scan to be requested on more than 100
channels individually. To avoid excessively long lists with invalid
configuration, use 100 entry limit for the list before dropping to the
fallback scan-all-channels option.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:51:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2c23195ad D-Bus: Use size_t for values theoretically larger than 16-bit int
These are theoretical cases with 32-bit integers, but cases that could
potentially hit an integer overflow with 16-bit int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2d16e3100 Use size_t instead of int or unsigned int for configuration items
While int and unsigned int are not going overflow in practice as 32-bit
values, these could at least in theory hit an integer overflow with
16-bit int. Use size_t to avoid such potential issue cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4391ddd639 Use size_t instead of unsigned_int for last_scan_res
This avoids a theoretical unsigned integer overflow case with 32-bit
integers, but something that could potentially be hit with 16-bit int
(though, even that part looks pretty theoretical in this particular case
of number of BSSs in scan results).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Matthew Wang
22f0318dbd Interpolate rate calculation functions
Make max_*_rate() functions and rate calculation at the beginning of
wpas_get_est_tpt() more continuous. In wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(), we
compare these values to make a roaming decision. However, at certain
SNRs, we see unrealistically large jumps in estimated throughput
according to these functions, leading us to make incorrect roaming
decisions. Perform linear interpolation where applicable to more
accurately reflect actual throughput.

Example:
wlan0: Current BSS: 88:3d:24:b4:95:d2 freq=2412 level=-69 snr=20 est_throughput=54000
wlan0: Selected BSS: 88:3d:24:b4:89:9e freq=2417 level=-67 snr=22 est_throughput=63500
wlan0: Using signal poll values for the current BSS: level=-69 snr=20 est_throughput=54000
wlan0: Allow reassociation - selected BSS has better estimated throughput

2 dB increase in RSSI likely isn't responsible for a 17% increase in
throughput.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-03-21 19:00:44 +02:00
Matthew Wang
3a25897ef7 Adjust max bitrate SNR floors
These values were defined in commit a1b790eb9d ("Select AP based on
estimated maximum throughput") with no justification. Other sources
[0,1,2] give a different (consistent) set of SNR floors per MCS index.
Adjust the values accordingly.

[0] http://www.revolutionwifi.net/revolutionwifi/2014/09/wi-fi-snr-to-mcs-data-rate-mapping.html
[1] https://higher-frequency.blogspot.com/2016/10/80211n-80211ac-data-rates-and-snr.html
[2] https://www.wlanpros.com/resources/mcs-index-802-11ac-vht-chart/

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-03-21 18:17:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb26a6997d Allow SA Query to be disabled for testing purposes
The new wpa_supplicant control interface SET parameter disable_sa_query
can now be used to disable SA Query on receiving unprotected
disconnection event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-21 18:12:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6140cca819 FT: Omit RSNXE from FT protocol Reassociation Request when needed
The previous design for adding RSNXE into FT was not backwards
compatible. Move to a new design based on 20/332r3 to avoid that issue
by not include RSNXE in the FT protocol Reassociation Request frame so
that an AP not supporting RSNXE can still validate the FTE MIC
correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 00:01:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fab94f16e6 Indicate scan completion in active AP mode even when ignoring results
This is needed to avoid leaving external components (through control
interface or D-Bus) timing out while waiting for the scan completion
events. This was already taken care of for the scan-only case
("TYPE=only"), but the scan-and-allow-roaming case did not report the
scan completion event when operating in AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 21:18:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f21fbfb977 Allow RSNE in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 to be overridden for testing purposes
The new wpa_supplicant control interface parameter rsne_override_eapol
can be used similarly to the earlier rsnxe_override_eapol to override
the RSNE value added into EAPOL-Key msg 2/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 11:11:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e861fa1f6b Move the "WPA: AP key_mgmt" debug print to be after final changes
Driver capabilities may end up masking out some WPA_KEY_MGMT_* bits, so
debug print the outcome only after having performed all these steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-13 20:01:53 +02:00
Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan
1d9cff86bd Multi-AP: Set 4-address mode after network selection
Split multi_ap_process_assoc_resp() to set 4-address mode after network
selection. Previously, wpa_s->current_ssid might have been NULL in some
cases and that would have resulted in 4-address mode not getting enabled
properly.

Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-13 17:00:19 +02:00
Ananya Barat
2b9713d616 Fill the current opclass in (Re)AssocRequest depending on HT/VHT IEs
The previous implementation was assuming a fixed 20 MHz channel
bandwidth when determining which operating class value to indicate as
the Current Operating Class in the Supported Operating Classes element.
This is not accurate for many HT/VHT cases.

Fix this by determining the current operating class (i.e., the operating
class used for the requested association) based on the HT/VHT operation
elements from scan results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-11 18:30:31 +02:00
Arturo Buzarra
1f13c1393c mesh: Fix CONFIG_HT_OVERRIDES build without CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES
Commit e5a9b1e8a3 ("mesh: Implement use of VHT20 config in mesh mode")
introduced the possibility to check the disable_vht param. However, this
entry is only available when CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES is enabled and as
such, this broke the build for some cases.

Fix this by encapsulating VHT property with the proper CONFIG entry.

Fixes: e5a9b1e8a3 ("mesh: Implement use of VHT20 config in mesh mode")
Signed-off-by: Arturo Buzarra <arturo.buzarra@digi.com>
2020-03-10 22:55:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52efde2aaa WPS: Do not set auth_alg=OPEN for PSK+SAE case
When wps_cred_add_sae=1 is used, WPS_AUTH_WPA2PSK credential gets
converted to enabling both PSK and SAE AKMs. However, this case was
still hardcoded auth_alg=OPEN which is not really correct for SAE. While
the SME-in-wpa_supplicant case can handle that, the SME-in-driver case
might not. Remove the unnecessary auth_alg=OPEN configuration to get the
normal PSK+SAE configuration enabled for the network profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-10 20:48:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10223b501b SAE: Expose sae_write_commit() error cases to callers
Check whether an error is reported from any of the functions that could
in theory fail and if so, do not proceed with the partially filled SAE
commit buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:59:42 +02:00
Joshua DeWeese
fe0429a589 Replace systemd install Alias with WantedBy
According to the systemd documentation "WantedBy=foo.service in a
service bar.service is mostly equivalent to
Alias=foo.service.wants/bar.service in the same file." However,
this is not really the intended purpose of install Aliases.

Signed-off-by: Joshua DeWeese <jdeweese@hennypenny.com>
2020-03-08 16:16:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4bf6a5d44 OWE: Allow BSS entry with different SSID to be used in transition mode
Similarly to the wpa_supplicant_select_config() case,
wpa_get_beacon_ie() needs to handle the special case for OWE transition
mode where the SSID in the network profile does not match the SSID of
the OWE BSS (that has a hidden, random SSID). Accept such a BSS in case
the current scan results needs to be fetched for verifying EAPOL-Key msg
3/4 IEs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:16:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c73811507 OWE: Mark BSS for transition mode based on active OWE network profiles
It is possible for the hidden OWE BSS to be found based on SSID-specific
scan (e.g., from the special OWE scan mechanism). In that sequence, the
previously used learning of OWE BSS was skipped since the SSID was
already present in the BSS entry. This could result in not being able to
find a matching BSS entry for the OWE BSS in transition mode.

Fix this by adding the BSS flag for transition mode based on SSID
matching against currently enabled OWE network profiles in addition to
the previous mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:16:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecb5219d8c OWE: Avoid incorrect profile update in transition mode
The "unexpected" change of SSID between the current network profile
(which uses the SSID from the open BSS in OWE transition mode) and the
association with the OWE BSS (which uses a random, hidden SSID) resulted
in wpa_supplicant incorrectly determining that this was a
driver-initiated BSS selection ("Driver-initiated BSS selection changed
the SSID to <the random SSID from OWE BSS>" in debug log).

This ended up with updating security parameters based on the network
profile inwpa_supplicant_set_suites() instead of using the already
discovered information from scan results. In particular, this cleared
the RSN supplicant state machine information of AP RSNE and resulted in
having to fetch the scan results for the current BSS when processing
EAPOL-Key msg 3/4.

Fix this by recognizing the special case for OWE transition mode where
the SSID for the associated AP does not actually match the SSID in the
network profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 18:03:32 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
be15f33d07 Replace WPA_ALG_PMK with KEY_FLAG_PMK
Drop the no longer needed internal alg WPA_ALG_PMK and use KEY_FLAG_PMK
as replacement.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Andrew Siplas
2dd72315d9 wpa_cli: Add missing quote around interface name
There was only an open quote present.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Siplas <andrew@asiplas.net>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Zhaoyang Liu
87775e32f6 Fix segmentation fault for NULL confname in SAVE_CONFIG
When wpa_supplicant interface is added without a configuration file, the
SAVE_CONFIG command causes a segmentation fault due to referencing a
NULL pointer if the update_config parameter is first explicitly enabled.

Fix the issue by checking the confname for NULL before saving
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-06 11:21:58 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5fdacce465 Allow wildcard SSID to be enforced for a specific BSSID scan
Specific BSSID scan was replacing wildcard SSID with the known SSID if
any BSS with the specified BSSID is available in the known BSSes list.

Add control interface support to force use of a wildcard SSID in a
specific BSSID scan by user with the new "wildcard_ssid=1" argument to
the SCAN command.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-02 20:33:52 +02:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
43282f7329 mesh: Fix HE enablement on 5 GHz with VHT
Incorrect he_enabled parameter was being passed to
hostapd_set_freq_params() in mesh which caused HE to be not fully
enabled on the 5 GHz band. Fix this by setting freq->he_enabled instead
of vht_freq.he_enabled so that the hostapd_set_freq_params() uses the
correct he_enabled value (and then ends up copying this to
vht_freq.he_enabled in the success case).

Fixes: 6e711e7ab3 ("mesh: Do not enable HE on 5 GHz without VHT")
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-02 19:54:35 +02:00
Sachin Shelke
21f835e640 SAE: Allow SAE-only network profile with sae_password to be written
The commit a34ca59e (SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately
(STA)) added sae_password configuration option. We should also consider
sae_password in the wpa_config_write() function which stores the valid
network block details to an external database.

Fixes: a34ca59e4d ("SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately (STA)")
Signed-off-by: Sachin Shelke <sachin.shelke@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <xiaohua.luo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <ganapathi.bhat@nxp.com>
2020-03-02 11:49:19 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
c1a6b1e47e privsep: Add key_flag to set_key()
Pass through the new key_flag to wpa_priv.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-01 21:11:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
852d370f65 Silence a compiler warning in no-WEP and no-EAP builds
wep_keys_set was not used in wpas_start_assoc_cb() without
IEEE8021X_EAPOL, so need to make this local variable conditional on
build options.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-01 20:57:14 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c4988e73c0 driver: Extend send_mlme() with wait option
PASN authentication can be performed while a station interface is
connected to an AP. To allow sending PASN frames while connected, extend
the send_mlme() driver callback to also allow a wait option. Update the
relevant drivers and wpa_supplicant accordingly.

hostapd calls for send_mlme() are left unchanged, since the wait option
is not required there.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2020-02-29 23:03:20 +02:00
Brian Norris
7a9c367225 DBus: Add "sae" to interface key_mgmt capabilities
This will be present when the driver supports SAE and it's included in
the wpa_supplicant build.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-02-29 18:01:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
200c7693c9 Make WEP functionality an optional build parameter
WEP should not be used for anything anymore. As a step towards removing
it completely, move all WEP related functionality to be within
CONFIG_WEP blocks. This will be included in builds only if CONFIG_WEP=y
is explicitly set in build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-29 17:45:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3fadb1dcc0 WPS: Ignore other APs if PBC is used with a specific BSSID
While the WSC specification requires the Enrollee to stop PBC
provisioning if the scan sees multiple APs in active PBC mode, this is
problematic due to some deployed devices continuing to advertise PBC
mode for extended duration (or even permanently). Such an environment
will still need to prevent wildcard AP selection with PBC since an
incorrect device could be selected. However, if the Enrollee device has
been explicitly requested to connect to a specific AP based on its
BSSID, the other APs in scan results can be ignored without affecting
which AP would be selected (only the one matching the specified BSSID is
acceptable).

Start filtering scan results for PBC session overlap check based on the
locally specified constraint on the BSSID, if one is set. This allows
PBC to be used with "WPS_PBC <BSSID>" command in environment where
another AP device is claiming to be in active PBC mode while "WPS_PBC"
command will still continue to reject provisioning since the correct AP
cannot be selected.

This will also cover the P2P cases where P2P_CONNECT is used to start or
authorize GO Negotiation and joining-a-GO with a specific P2P GO
Interface Address (BSSID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-24 19:53:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f84a93f65 Fix a type in wpa_supplicant defconfig
ap_mode=1 explanation in CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y was really supposed
to be talking about ap_scan=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-24 00:05:20 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
0e05e8781a Simplify wpa_deny_ptk0_rekey documentation
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 23:59:58 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
12fb9698ab Use IFNAME= prefix for global UDP control interface events
There does not seem to be a good reason for using the different IFACE=
prefix on the UDP control interface. This got added when the UDP
interface in wpa_supplicant was extended in commit f0e5d3b5c6
("wpa_supplicant: Share attach/detach/send UDP ctrl_iface functions")
and that was then extended to hostapd in commit e920805685 ("hostapd:
Extend global control interface notifications").

Replace the IFACE= prefix in UDP case with IFNAME= to be consistent with
the UNIX domain socket based control interface.

This fixes a problem when at least one test case fail (hapd_ctrl_sta)
when remote/udp used. This also fixes test_connectivity().

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
2020-02-23 15:40:58 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
293631f177 IBSS RSN: Coding style cleanup
Use consistent style for pointers.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 13:12:28 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
1f90a49d02 STA: Allow PTK rekeying without Ext KeyID to be disabled as a workaround
Rekeying a pairwise key using only keyid 0 (PTK0 rekey) has many broken
implementations and should be avoided when using or interacting with
one. The effects can be triggered by either end of the connection and
range from hardly noticeable disconnects over long connection freezes up
to leaking clear text MPDUs.

To allow affected users to mitigate the issues, add a new configuration
option "wpa_deny_ptk0_rekey" to replace all PTK0 rekeys with fast
reconnects.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 13:05:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9ac44fcbc Make INTERWORKING_CONNECT more reliable in testing environment
Pick the most recently added BSS entry based on BSSID matching to avoid
issues in testing environment where the SSID of the AP may have changed
and both the old and new BSS is still present in the scan results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3bcd69603 Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211N build option
Hardcoded CONFIG_IEEE80211N to be included to clean up implementation.
More or less all new devices support IEEE 802.11n (HT) and there is not
much need for being able to remove that functionality from the build.
Included this unconditionally to get rid of one more build options and
to keep things simpler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d4c78aef7 Configure received BIGTK on station/supplicant side
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-18 00:18:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecbf59e693 wpa_supplicant configuration for Beacon protection
Add a new wpa_supplicant network profile configuration parameter
beacon_prot=<0/1> to allow Beacon protection to be enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-18 00:18:47 +02:00
Didier Raboud
8155b36fae Fix VERSION_STR printf() calls in case the postfix strings include %
Do not use VERSION_STR directly as the format string to printf() since
it is possible for that string to contain '%'.

Signed-off-by: Didier Raboud <odyx@debian.org>
2020-02-17 19:17:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
466e48dcd7 HT: Remove SMPS in AP mode
SM Power Save was described in somewhat unclear manner in IEEE Std
802.11n-2009 as far the use of it locally in an AP to save power. That
was clarified in IEEE Std 802.11-2016 to allow only a non-AP STA to use
SMPS while the AP is required to support an associated STA doing so. The
AP itself cannot use SMPS locally and the HT Capability advertisement
for this is not appropriate.

Remove the parts of SMPS support that involve the AP using it locally.
In practice, this reverts the following commits:
04ee647d58 ("HT: Let the driver advertise its supported SMPS modes for AP mode")
8f461b50cf ("HT: Pass the smps_mode in AP parameters")
da1080d721 ("nl80211: Advertise and configure SMPS modes")

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 13:58:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b056275111 Fix exception checking in a wpa_supplicant P2P example script
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-15 18:36:29 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
75d0ec4702 P2P: Fix a possible buffer overflow in struct p2p_reg_class
Avoid adding more than P2P_MAX_REG_CLASSES operating classes or
P2P_MAX_REG_CLASS_CHANNELS channels while populating P2P channels. The
current limits on the operating classes or channels per operating class
could be hit in some case (mainly, with 6 GHz, but in theory, with a
2.4/5/60 GHz capable device as well).

If the local driver advertised a larger number of supported operarting
classes or channels per operating class, the construction of the struct
p2p_reg_class instances could have resulted in writing beyond the end of
the buffer and ending up corrupting memory around the struct p2p_config.
This could result in unexpected behavior in some other operations that
used corrupted memory, e.g., generation of a P2P Channel List failing
(with validation code stopping the process to avoid writing beyond the
end of the message buffer) due to not having sufficient buffer space for
the corrupted data.

This issue is triggered only based on information from the local driver
(mainly based on addition of support for 6 GHz band operating classes),
so the issue cannot be triggered based on received frames or any other
remote information.

The issue was introduced by commit d7c2c5c98c ("AP: Add initial
support for 6 GHz band") which added the operating class 131 which has
sufficiently large number of channels to go beyond the
P2P_MAX_REG_CLASS_CHANNELS limit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-12 23:17:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c304bddcf9 DPP: Stop Action frame sequence on DPP_STOP_LISTEN and PKEX failure
Previously it was possible for the PKEX/DPP exchange to terminate with
an error and the ongoing Action frame TX/RX offchannel operation not
getting terminated. This could leave the driver waiting on offchannel
until timeout and failing following operations before that timeout
happens. Fix this by explicitly stopping the Action frame sequence in
the driver in the previously missed cases.

This fixes a case that was showing up with the following test sequence
every now and then:
dpp_qr_code_chan_list_unicast dpp_pkex_test_fail dpp_enrollee_reject_config

dpp_pkex_test_fail was adding a large number of pending offchannel
operations and dpp_enrollee_reject_config could fail if those pending
operations were blocking new remain-on-channel or offchannel TX
operation for a sufficiently long time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 07:09:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7cc80fbc8 DPP: Reset DPP_AUTH_INIT netrole back to STA by default
Previously DPP_AUTH_INIT command update wpa_s->dpp_netrole only if the
netrole parameter was included. This could leave AP or configurator
network in place for the next DPP_AUTH_INIT command. This would be
unexpected behavior, so reset wpa_s->dpp_netrole back to the
DPP_NETROLE_STA default if no explicit netrole parameter is included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 06:33:24 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
adf3de44ca Add check to consider band in enabling connection_vht flag
connection_vht flag was set to true when both Association Request and
Response frame IEs have VHT capability. Thus all devices that have
support for the vendor specific partial VHT support in the 2.4 GHz band
were also being reported as VHT capable. However, IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013
defines VHT STA to operate in frequency bands below 6 GHz excluding the
2.4 GHz band.

Do not set connection_vht when the operating band is 2.4 GHz. This
avoids reporting wifi_generation 5 on the 2.4 GHz band and reserves the
generation value 5 for full VHT as defined in the IEEE 802.11 standard.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 05:19:16 +02:00
Matthew Wang
23dc196fde Check for FT support when selecting FT suites
A driver supports FT if it either supports SME or the
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES command. When selecting AKM suites,
wpa_supplicant currently doesn't take into account whether or not either
of those conditions are met. This can cause association failures, e.g.,
when an AP supports both WPA-EAP and FT-EAP but the driver doesn't
support FT (wpa_supplicant will decide to do FT-EAP since it is unaware
the driver doesn't support it). This change allows an FT suite to be
selected only when the driver also supports FT.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-02-10 06:43:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
641d79f165 SAE: Special test mode sae_pwe=3 for looping with password identifier
The new sae_pwe=3 mode can be used to test non-compliant behavior with
SAE Password Identifiers. This can be used to force use of
hunting-and-pecking loop for PWE derivation when Password Identifier is
used. This is not allowed by the standard and as such, this
functionality is aimed at compliance testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-10 05:13:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca1cecc54d SAE: Verify that appropriate Status Code is used in SAE commit (SME)
Previous version accepted both 0 and 126 values in SAE commit message
from the AP. Explicitly check that the value the AP uses matches what
the STA started with to avoid unexpected cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4dc3b70deb DPP: Try to negotiate different parameters if NFC handover fails
This is mainly for NFC testing purposes now since the own DPP parameters
are not yet updated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61c049da3d DPP: Allow local channel list to be set
The new dpp-nfc.py command line argument --chan can be used to replace
the local channel list default (81/1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Matthew Wang
fee28410de scan_est_throughput: Use ie_len instead of res->ie_len
Local variable should be used. This fixes an issue where IEs are
available only from a Beacon frame.

Fixes: ad06ac0b0 ("Move throughput estimation into a helper function")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-02-02 21:55:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d9e320054 DPP: Received Configurator backup processing
Add local Configurator instance for each received Configurator backup.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
312eac1d1e DPP: Add ASN.1 support into build
This will be needed in following patches to process DPPEnvelopedData.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
703c2b6457 DPP: Example script for NFC bootstrapping method
This Python script is an example on how nfcpy can be used to drive an
NFC Device to perform DPP bootstrapping operations over DPP (tag with
NFC URI and negotiated connection handover).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-27 21:58:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e287724ee DPP: NFC negotiated connection handover
Add new control interface commands "DPP_NFC_HANDOVER_REQ own=<id>
uri=<URI>" and "DPP_NFC_HANDOVER_SEL own=<id> uri=<URI>" to support NFC
negotiated connection handover. These commands are used to report a DPP
URI received from a peer NFC Device in Handover Request and Handover
Select messages. The commands return peer bootstrapping information ID
or FAIL on failure. The returned ID is used similarly to any other
bootstrapping information to initiate DPP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-27 20:36:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b138d2826 OWE: PTK derivation workaround in STA mode
Initial OWE implementation used SHA256 when deriving the PTK for all OWE
groups. This was supposed to change to SHA384 for group 20 and SHA512
for group 21. The new owe_ptk_workaround=1 network parameter can be used
to enable older behavior mainly for testing purposes. There is no impact
to group 19 behavior, but if enabled, this will make group 20 and 21
cases use SHA256-based PTK derivation which will not work with the
updated OWE implementation on the AP side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 00:47:41 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
d0e116f61f Enhance get_mode() to return correct hw_mode with 6 GHz support
The 5 GHz channels are stored in one hw_features set with mode
HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A while the 6 GHz channels will need to be stored
in a separate hw_features set (but with same mode
HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A) due to possibility of different HT/VHT/HE
capabilities being available between the 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands.

Iterate through all hw_features sets and check and match the band of
channel supported by the hw_features set while getting the hw_features
set in get_mode(). This allows both the 5 GHz and 6 GHz channels to be
found and correct capabilities to be used in cases where the driver
reports different capability values between 5 and 6 GHz channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-23 15:48:51 +02:00
Chaitanya Tata
4658eb77d6 Remove deprecated text for ap_scan=0
Users might be tempted to try ap_scan=0 for offloading scan,
ap_selection and, WPA to driver. Update the text to reflect that this is
deprecated.

Jouni confirmed deprecation in
https://www.spinics.net/lists/hostap/msg06482.html

Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Tata <chaitanya.tata@bluwireless.com>
2020-01-21 18:17:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e32fb0170 SAE: Use Anti-Clogging Token Container element with H2E
IEEE P802.11-REVmd was modified to use a container IE for anti-clogging
token whenver H2E is used so that parsing of the SAE Authentication
frames can be simplified.

See this document for more details of the approved changes:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/19/11-19-2154-02-000m-sae-anti-clogging-token.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-21 13:13:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e36a5894d0 SAE: Use H2E whenever Password Identifier is used
IEEE P802.11-REVmd was modified to require H2E to be used whenever
Password Identifier is used with SAE.

See this document for more details of the approved changes:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/19/11-19-2154-02-000m-sae-anti-clogging-token.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-21 13:13:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29dd0b3164 SAE H2E: Check H2E-only BSS membership selector only if SAE is enabled
This BSS membership selector has impact only for SAE functionality, so
ignore it when configured not to use SAE. This allows WPA-PSK connection
to and AP that advertises WPA-PSK and SAE while requiring H2E for SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-20 21:17:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd530b8739 Silence compiler warning with CONFIG_NO_ROAMING=y
Comment out unused static functions if CONFIG_NO_ROAMING is defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 12:40:17 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
a919a26035 Introduce and add key_flag
Add the new set_key() parameter "key_flag" to provide more specific
description of what type of a key is being configured. This is needed to
be able to add support for "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed
Frames" from IEEE Std 802.11-2016. In addition, this may be used to
replace the set_tx boolean eventually once all the driver wrappers have
moved to using the new key_flag.

The following flag are defined:

  KEY_FLAG_MODIFY
    Set when an already installed key must be updated.
    So far the only use-case is changing RX/TX status of installed
    keys. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_DEFAULT
    Set when the key is also a default key. Must not be set when
    deleting a key. (This is the replacement for set_tx.)

  KEY_FLAG_RX
    The key is valid for RX. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_TX
    The key is valid for TX. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP
    The key is a broadcast or group key.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE
    The key is a pairwise key.

  KEY_FLAG_PMK
    The key is a Pairwise Master Key (PMK).

Predefined and needed flag combinations so far are:

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX
    WEP key not used as default key (yet).

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX_DEFAULT
    Default WEP or WPA-NONE key.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX
    GTK key valid for RX only.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_TX_DEFAULT
    GTK key valid for TX only, immediately taking over TX.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX
    Pairwise key immediately becoming the active pairwise key.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX
    Pairwise key not yet valid for TX. (Only usable with Extended Key ID
    support.)

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX_MODIFY
    Enable TX for a pairwise key installed with KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX.

  KEY_FLAG_RX_TX
    Not a valid standalone key type and can only used in combination
    with other flags to mark a key for RX/TX.

This commit is not changing any functionality. It just adds the new
key_flag to all hostapd/wpa_supplicant set_key() functions without using
it, yet.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-01-09 12:38:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f822546451 driver: Move set_key() parameters into a struct
This makes it more convenient to add, remove, and modify the parameters
without always having to update every single driver_*.c implementation
of this callback function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 00:48:57 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
33c8a10498 Do not select APs found on disabled channels for connection
If a channel list changed event is received after a scan and before
selecting a BSS for connection, a BSS found on a now disabled channel
may get selected for connection. The connect request issued with the BSS
found on a disabled channel is rejected by cfg80211. Filter out the BSSs
found on disabled channels and select from the other BSSs found on
enabled channels to avoid unnecessary connection attempts that are bound
to fail.

The channel list information will be updated by the driver in cases like
country code update, disabling/enabling specific bands, etc. which can
occur between the scan and connection attempt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-08 16:19:47 +02:00
Markus Theil
8296ee1805 RSN IBSS: Fix EAPOL TX using control port
This was previously done only in supplicant role, but a similar change
is needed for the authenticator role.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-06 22:33:45 +02:00
Markus Theil
a79ed06871 Add no_encrypt flag for control port TX
In order to correctly encrypt rekeying frames, wpa_supplicant now checks
if a PTK is currently installed and sets the corresponding encrypt
option for tx_control_port().

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-05 20:34:50 +02:00
Brendan Jackman
144314eaa7 wpa_supplicant: Send EAPOL frames over nl80211 where available
Linux kernel v4.17 added the ability to request sending control port
frames via nl80211 instead of a normal network socket. Doing this
provides the device driver with ordering information between the
control port frames and the installation of keys. This empowers it to
avoid race conditions between, for example, PTK replacement and the
sending of frame 4 of the 4-way rekeying handshake in an RSNA. The
key difference between a TX_CONTROL_PORT and normal socket send is
that the device driver will certainly get any EAPOL frames comprising
a 4-way handshake before it gets the key installation call
for the derived key. By flushing its TX buffers it can then ensure
that no pending EAPOL frames are inadvertently encrypted with a key
that the peer will not yet have installed.

Update the RSN supplicant system to use this new operation for sending
EAPOL-Key frames when the driver reports that this capability is
available; otherwise, fall back to a normal Ethernet TX.

I have tested this on DMG (11ad/ay) devices with an out-of-tree Linux
driver that does not use mac80211. Without this patch I consistently see
PTK rekeying fail if message 4/4 shares a stream with other in-flight
traffic. With this patch, and the driver updated to flush the relevant TX
queue before overwriting a PTK (knowing, now, that if there was a message
4/4 related to the key installation, it has already entered the driver
queue), rekeying is reliable.

There is still data loss surrounding key installation - this problem is
alluded to in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 12.6.21, where extended Key ID
support is described as the eventual solution. This patch aims to at
least prevent rekeying from totally breaking the association, in a way
that works on kernels as far back as 4.17 (as per Alexander Wetzel
extended Key ID support should be possible on 5.2).

See http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/hostap/2019-May/040089.html for
a little more context.

Signed-off-by: Brendan Jackman <brendan.jackman@bluwireless.co.uk>
2020-01-05 20:34:15 +02:00
Brendan Jackman
8759e9116a nl80211: Control port over nl80211 helpers
Linux kernel v4.17 added the ability to request sending controlled port
frames (e.g., IEEE 802.1X controlled port EAPOL frames) via nl80211
instead of a normal network socket. Doing this provides the device
driver with ordering information between the control port frames and the
installation of keys. This empowers it to avoid race conditions between,
for example, PTK replacement and the sending of frame 4 of the 4-way
rekeying handshake in an RSNA. The key difference between the specific
control port and normal socket send is that the device driver will
certainly get any EAPOL frames comprising a 4-way handshake before it
gets the key installation call for the derived key. By flushing its TX
buffers it can then ensure that no pending EAPOL frames are
inadvertently encrypted with a key that the peer will not yet have
installed.

Add a CONTROL_PORT flag to the hostap driver API to report driver
capability for using a separate control port for EAPOL frames. This
operation is exactly like an Ethernet send except for the extra ordering
information it provides for device drivers. The nl80211 driver is
updated to support this operation when the device reports support for
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211. Also add a driver op
tx_control_port() for request a frame to be sent over the controlled
port.

Signed-off-by: Brendan Jackman <brendan.jackman@bluwireless.co.uk>
2020-01-05 19:43:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7bb2c0204 P2P: Move p2p_long_listen into struct wpa_global
This variable is not specific to any P2P group interface and since it
was already used through global->p2p_init_wpa_s, it is cleaner to simply
move this to the global structure so that there is a single variable
instead of per-interface variables and need to pick the correct
interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-04 23:11:28 +02:00
Benjamin Berg
9ad3c12dd1 P2P: Always use global p2p_long_listen
The p2p_long_listen value was set on the control wpa_s struct while in a
lot of cases it operated on the p2p struct. Explicitly use the global
p2p_init_wpa_s struct in cases where we might not be operating on it
already.

Without this, simply starting a p2p_listen operation (e.g., using
wpa_cli) will not work properly. As the p2p_long_listen is set on the
controlling interface and wpas_p2p_cancel_remain_on_channel_cb() uses
p2p_init_wpa_s, it would not actually work. This results in
wpa_supplicant stopping listening after the maximum remain-on-channel
time passes when using a separate P2P Device interface.

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <bberg@redhat.com>
2020-01-04 23:07:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af670cb418 SME: Postpone current BSSID clearing until IEs are prepared
sme_send_authentication() could fail before actually requesting the
driver to authenticate with a new AP. This could happen after
wpa_s->bssid got cleared even though in such a case, the old association
is maintained and still valid. This can result in unexpected behavior
since wpa_s->bssid would not match the current BSSID anymore.

Fix this by postponing clearing of wpa_s->bssid until the IE preparation
has been completed successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 18:06:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
665a3007fb driver: Add no_encrypt argument to send_mlme()
This is in preparation of being able to remove the separate send_frame()
callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:53:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9474654752 IBSS RSN: Use send_mlme() instead of send_frame() for Authentication frames
send_frame() is documented to be used for "testing use only" and as
such, it should not have used here for a normal production
functionality. Replace this with use of send_mlme() which is already
used for sending Authentication frames in number of other cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 12:21:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c57019376 Test functionality to override driver reported signal levels
"SET driver_signal_override <BSSID> [<si_signal< <si_avg_signal>
<si_avg_beacon_signal> <si_noise> <scan_level>]" command can now be used
to request wpa_supplicant to override driver reported signal levels for
signal_poll and scan results. This can be used to test roaming behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 20:34:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c8eb7fe66c Fix signal_poll based roaming skip
Fix a rebasing issue in the signal difference calculation. The older
patch was not updated to use the new cur_level local variable to get the
possibly updated signal level for the current BSS.

Fixes: a2c1bebd43 ("Improve roaming logic")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 20:34:39 +02:00
Roy Marples
a8b00423ea BSD: Use struct ip rather than struct iphdr
As we define __FAVOR_BSD use the BSD IP header.
Compile tested on NetBSD, DragonFlyBSD, and Linux.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-01-02 19:17:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad2f096609 Maintain BSS entries for 5 seconds after interface is disabled
This is targeting the case of MAC address change for an association
which may require the interface to be set down for a short moment.
Previously, this ended up flushing the BSS table that wpa_supplicant
maintained and that resulted in having to scan again if the MAC address
was changed between the previous scan and the connection attempt. This
is unnecessary extra latency, so maintain the BSS entries for 5 seconds
(i.e., the same time that the old scan results are consider valid for a
new connection attempt) after an interface goes down.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 12:58:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
988f14448a Indicated if the selected BSS is the current BSS
This makes scan result processing a bit more readable in debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:55:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8ad9c31db Make min_diff determination from cur_level more readable
This handles both the dBm and unspecified unit cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:46:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41f72d7356 Use sel_est consistently with cur_sel in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam()
This makes the code a bit easier to read.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:37:58 +02:00
Matthew Wang
a2c1bebd43 Improve roaming logic
Currently, wpa_supplicant may roam too aggressively; the need_to_roam()
function will return early with a roaming decision if the difference in
signal level or throughput between the current and selected APs is
"sufficiently large." In particular, if the selected AP's estimated
throughput is more than 5k greater than the current AP's estimated
throughput, wpa_supplicant will decide to roam. Otherwise, if the
selected AP's signal level is less than the current AP's signal level,
or the selected AP's estimated throughput is at least 5k less than the
current AP's estimated throughput, wpa_supplicant will skip the roam.
These decisions are based only on one factor and can lead to poor
roaming choices (e.g., a roam should not happen if the selected AP's
estimated throughput meets the threshold but the current signal and
throughput are already good, whereas a roam should happen if the signal
is slightly worse but the estimated throughput is significantly better).

This change standardizes the roaming heuristic for signal strength
difference requirements and will hopefully improve user experience. The
change can be summarized as follows: based on the current signal level,
a certain roaming difficulty is assigned. Based on the selected AP's
estimated throughput relative to the current AP's estimated throughput,
the difficulty is adjusted up or down. If the difference in signal level
meets the threshold, a roam happens.

The hard-coded values were selected purely based on the previous version
of this function. They may eventually need to be fine-tuned for optimal
performance.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-01-01 17:33:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c8d550b77 Allow roam to lower signal level if throughput benefit is significant
Do not prevent roam to a different BSS based only on the signal level
with the current BSS being higher than with the selected BSS. If the
estimated throughput is significantly higher (> 20%), allow roaming if
the following conditions are met.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:09:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9fafefb9e5 Skip roaming based on signal level difference if current SNR is good
If the current SNR with the associated BSS is sufficiently good (better
than GREAT_SNR = 25), there is limited benefit from moving to another
BSS even if that BSS were to have a higher signal level. As such, skip
roaming based on the signal level difference between the selected BSS
from scan results and the current BSS for such cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 16:56:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4f7600adf Use signal_poll noise information for roaming, if available
Using average signal strength from the driver and hardcoded noise floor
does not look like an ideal design since there can be significant
differences in the driver-reported noise floor values. Furthermore, even
though the current noise floor is a snapshot from the driver, it is
common for drivers to use a noise floor value from a longer calibration
step and that should not prevent the driver provided value from being
used. This makes the comparisons of the signal strengths between the
current AP (signal_poll) and other APs (scan) more accurate.

As an example, test runs in home environment showed 5 dB difference
between the driver reported noise floor and the hardcoded value and this
could result in significant differences in estimated throughput
calculation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 13:38:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f97baef254 Clear SME auth_alg on FLUSH
This avoids a testing failure in the following test case sequence:
ap_ft_r1_key_expiration ap_open_external_assoc

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 12:33:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d1d1f0d21 Clear last Michael MIC error timer on FLUSH
TKIP countermeasures were already terminated on FLUSH, but the timer for
detecting two Michael MIC errors within 60 seconds was left behind. This
resulted in test case failures with following test sequence:
ap_cipher_tkip_countermeasures_sta ap_cipher_tkip_countermeasures_sta2

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 12:23:25 +02:00
Matthew Wang
69ccc557d8 wpa_supplicant: Fall back to avg_signal in roaming decision
Some drivers (e.g. Marvell WiFi) don't report avg_beacon_signal, but
it's still useful to poll for the signal again when a roaming decision
needs to be made. Use si.avg_signal when si.avg_beacon_signal is not
available.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-12-31 00:23:42 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
7e7b23e229 Update throughput estimate for the current BSS based on signal poll
We saw that on certain platforms in certain places we keep switching
between two APs and eventually get the same RSSI. Debugging showed that
we have a very big difference between the two antennas.

Ant A can hear AP A very well (-60) but AP B very bad (-80)
Ant B can hear AP B very well (-60) but AP A very bad (-80)

When the device associates to AP A, it'll learn to use Ant A. If the
device uses one single antenna to receive the scan results, it may hear
the AP it is currently associated to on the second antenna and get bad
results. Because of that, the wpa_supplicant will roam to the other AP
and the same scenario will repeat itself:

Association to AP A (Ant A reports -60).
Scan on Ant A: AP A: -60, AP B: -80
Scan on Ant B: AP A: -80, AP A: -60 ==> ROAM.

Association to AP B (Ant B reports -60)
Scan on Ant A: AP A: -60, AP B: -80 ==> ROAM

Etc...

Improve this by querying the signal level of the current AP using
drv_signal_poll() instead of relying on the signal level that we get
from the scan results. Also update the throughput estimate based on the
likely more accurate values for the current association.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-31 00:21:37 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
ad06ac0b04 Move throughput estimation into a helper function
This is a step towards allowing this functionality to update the scan
result -based values with the values from a signal poll for the current
BSS.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-31 00:17:04 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
ef1a45f28a Move scan/roaming related defines to a header file
This is a step towards allowing these values to be used in both scan.c
and events.c.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-31 00:04:33 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
98ea9d5d51 Use local variables for current BSS signal strength in roaming
This is a step towards allowing these values to be determined based on
signal poll instead of scan results.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-30 23:57:47 +02:00
Alfonso Sánchez-Beato
02c21c02d0 wpa_supplicant: Do not disconnect on deinit if WoWLAN is enabled
Do not disconnect on interface deinit when WoWLAN is enabled, so we can
boot the system with WoWLAN after S5 (poweroff).

Signed-off-by: Alfonso Sanchez-Beato <alfonso.sanchez-beato@canonical.com>
2019-12-30 18:51:06 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
59536a33d8 wpa_cli: WPS-PIN-ACTIVE and WPS-CANCEL events for action scripts
These events were added in commit b1b62a1364 ("WPS: Add WPS-PIN-ACTIVE
and WPS-CANCEL events").

Signed-off-by: Bekir Celik <bekir.celik@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2019-12-30 18:36:57 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
522450b7b1 AP: Determine Short SSID value for the BSS
This can be used in the future to implement support for RNR and scanning
extensions using a shorter field for the SSID.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-12-28 22:32:14 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
41b06b065e mesh: Fix race condition in mesh mpm new peer handling
When wpa_supplicant receives another new peer event before the first one
has been processed, it tries to add a station to the driver a second
time (which fails) and then tears down the station entry until another
event comes in.

Fix this by only adding a station to the driver if it didn't exist
already.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-12-28 20:56:03 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
a383db0646 defconfig: Enable MACsec
Debian and Fedora enable it, NetworkManager uses it.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-12-28 18:28:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
53661e3a9a Allow debug log to be written to both syslog and file
If hostapd or wpa_supplicant is started with both -s and -f command line
arguments, debug log ended up being written only into syslog and the log
file was left empty. Change this so that the log entries will be written
to both places. Either -s or -f (or both) results in debug log to stdout
being disabled which was already the case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-28 18:28:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68f9f480ef wpa_gui: Silence a compiler warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-28 00:17:55 +02:00
Victor Ananyev
eadfeb0e93 wpa_gui: Show entire list of networks
Use LAST_ID of LIST_NETWORKS to load all the network entries iteratively
if there is large enough number of networks to not fit in a single
response.

Signed-off-by: Victor Ananyev <vindex10@gmail.com>
2019-12-28 00:16:38 +02:00
Victor Ananyev
a3b59fa111 wpa_cli: Let LAST_ID argument to be used for LIST_NETWORKS
This allows starting point of the network list to be specified so that
the potentially long response can be fragmented into multiple fetch
operations.

Signed-off-by: Victor Ananyev <vindex10@gmail.com>
2019-12-27 23:56:02 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
078217a2d7 STA OBSS: Update secondary channel info after CSA
Field wpa_s->sme.ht_sec_chan keeps secondary channel for the 40 MHz
band. This field is used to prepare a list of channels for the STA OBSS
scan. Initially, the secondary channel is set to HT_SEC_CHAN_UNKNOWN.
Later on, in function wpa_obss_scan_freq_list() it is obtained from the
current BSS HT operation IE. However, the secondary channel information
is not updated after channel switch, which may lead to an incorrect list
of channels prepared for the STA OBSS scan.

Update ht_sec_chan according to the channel switch event data to fix
this.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-12-27 21:04:57 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
3204795d7a STA OBSS: Add check for overlapping BSSs
In the previous implementation connected STA performs OBSS scan
according to requests from its 20/40 MHz AP. However STA checks only 40
MHz intolerance subfield from HT Capabilities element in scan results.
Meanwhile, as per IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 11.16.12, STA should check
overlapping BSSs as well.

Note that all the required code to check overlapping BSSs did already
exist for AP mode since AP does those checks properly before operating
as 20/40 MHz BSS in the 2.4 GHz band. Use that existing code by replace
existing 40 MHz intolerance check in sme_proc_obss_scan() with the new
shared helper function check_bss_coex_40mhz().

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-12-26 11:41:01 +02:00
Ben Greear
bf3ab50f4f Change some RRM debug messages from wpa_printf() to wpa_dbg()
This gives us the network device name in logging messages, which can be
helpful when having one wpa_supplicant process handle multiple devices.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-12-26 09:41:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b391715cb mesh: Allow group management cipher to be configured
This allows BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, or BIP-CMAC-256 to be used
instead of the previously hardcoded AES-128-CMAC as the group management
cipher when using mesh with PMF. For now, this can be configured by
setting a single group_mgmt value in the network block and doing that
consistently through all the STAs in the mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 23:43:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65d0b67c22 mesh: Increase plink action frame AMPY buffer length for max GTK/IGTK
The previous calculation of the buffer length did not take into account
the possibility of 32-octet GTK and IGTK values and it was also missing
something to cover the 16 octet keys that are supported now. Other
buffer elements were likely sufficient to cover all these cases, but
anyway, it is better to allocate sufficient size specifically for AMPE
to avoid issues in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 23:35:40 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
b1b62a1364 WPS: Add WPS-PIN-ACTIVE and WPS-CANCEL events
WPS_EVENT_CANCEL is added to indicate cancellation of a WPS operation
for any reason in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

WPS_EVENT_PIN_ACTIVE is added to indicate when a PIN operation is
triggered in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Veli Demirel <veli.demirel@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2019-12-25 20:58:52 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
0b1839405e Add "reconnect" cmdline argument to hostapd_cli/wpa_cli
When the newly added "-r" parameter is used, both clis will try to
reconnect forever on connection lost until signalled (ctrl+c) or
terminated. This is useful only when used with -a to take action to
retrieve events or get status and the cli process stays even if
hostapd/wpa_supplicant daemons restart for some reason (e.g.,
configuration change).

Signed-off-by: Veli Demirel <veli.demirel@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2019-12-25 20:54:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4318a635a9 DBus: Update dont_quote[] with new network profile parameters
This array had not been updated for years (since it was initially added)
and it was missing new network profile parameters that were not quoted
strings (but also not integers that could be set as integer types). Add
those missing non-quoted-strings to allow them to be set through the
DBus interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 12:45:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26a00ba8bd DBus: Remove not existing network profile params from dont_quote[]
These parameters are global parameters, not network profile parameters,
and as such, do not below in dont_quote[] which is used to determine
whether a network profile parameter needs to be quoted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 12:26:33 +02:00
Matthew Wang
23d87687c2 dbus: Move roam metrics to the correct interface
These properties were in the wpas_dbus_bss_properties array when they
should have been in the wpas_dbus_interface_properties array. Move them
to the right place. This is the logical location for these properties
and it matches both the other parts of the implementation (e.g., being
in enum wpas_dbus_prop, not in enum wpas_dbus_bss_prop) and what
was originally documented for the interface in dbus.doxygen.

Fixes: 2bbad1c7c9 ("dbus: Export roam time, roam complete, and session length")
Fixes: 80d06d0ca9 ("dbus: Export BSS Transition Management status")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-12-24 21:16:23 +02:00
Sam Tygier
32289112c4 wpa_passphrase: Output errors to stderr
The stdout of wpa_passphrase is often piped directly into the
wpa_supplicant config file. In case of errors these will be written to
the file and possibly not noticed by the user.

Use fprintf to print errors to stderr.

Signed-off-by: Sam Tygier <samtygier@yahoo.co.uk>
2019-12-24 11:14:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
efaa6256e2 More detailed documentation on ieee80211w configuration parameter
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-23 10:48:09 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
84877f253d wpa_supplicant: Do not try to detect PSK mismatch during PTK rekeying
When a PTK rekey fails it can't be caused by a PSK mismatch. Report a
possible PSK mismatch only during the initial 4-way handshake to avoid
incorrect reports.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2019-12-21 17:10:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9be30ffc13 DPP: Abort ongoing scan if connection status needs to be sent
Ongoing scan could prevent the station Enrollee from sending out DPP
connection status after the 15 second timeout and that would result in
the Configurator timing out on the wait for the status report. Abort any
ongoing scan, if needed, to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 16:51:59 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
3f3876344e SAE: Enable NEED_DH_GROUPS_ALL for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds
Enable all DH FFC groups for SAE in wpa_supplicant testing builds. These
are needed to allow more testing coverage for AP functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 16:27:19 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
5f9b4afdfa Use frequency in HT/VHT validation steps done before starting AP
Using the channel parameter for validating allowed channel combinations
is not scalable to add 6 GHz support in the future since channel numbers
are duplicated between 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz bands and 6 GHz band. Hence use
frequency field for all channel combination validation steps done before
starting AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 13:05:39 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
996662250d P2P: Add support for EDMG channels
This allows a P2P connection over P802.11ay EDMG channels to achieve the
highest link speed that the standard allows for channel bonding (CB) up
to CB4.

Let each P2P peer add its EDMG channels to the Supported Channels IE
advertised in P2P GO negotiation. Give EDMG channels priority when peers
negotiate for operating channel.

User may add 'edmg' parameter to p2p_connect, p2p_add_group, and
p2p_invite commands to prefer an EDMG channel for the P2P link. User may
also set p2p_go_edmg=1 in wpa_supplicant configuration file to prefer
EDMG.

When EDMG is used, P2P will try to find the highest channel bonding
supported channel that matches the frequency parameter, if the devices
do not support EDMG, the P2P connection will use a legacy (1-6) 60 GHz
channel.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 00:13:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3c476bd8c SAE H2E: Fix RSNXE override in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for testing purposes
The previous implementation missed the case where EAPOL-Key frame may be
reported as having been received before the association event is
processed. This would have resulted in not using the RSNXE override for
EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 when the pending EAPOL-Key frame gets processed
immediately after processing the association event. Fix this by moving
the override case to be handled before that.

Fixes: 1325655397 ("SAE H2E: RSNXE override for testing purposes")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-13 03:08:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5661ebd774 DPP: Configurator netRole for Enrollee
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-12 02:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7404574458 DPP: Replace ap boolean with netRole enum in Configurator params
The netRole enum is more generic and can be extended to include new
roles (e.g., Configurator) more easily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-12 02:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1325655397 SAE H2E: RSNXE override for testing purposes
"SET rsnxe_override_{assoc,eapol} <hexdump>" can now be used to override
RSNXE in (Re)Association Request frames and EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for
testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 12:54:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c88e01e1b6 SAE H2E: Fix validation of rejected groups list
check_sae_rejected_groups() returns 1, not -1, in case an enabled group
is rejected. The previous check for < 0 could not have ever triggered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 00:28:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b834e97003 SAE H2E: Testing option to report extra rejected groups
"SET extra_sae_rejected_groups <groups>" can now be used to enable test
mode in which wpa_supplicant will report additional groups (configured
as space separated integers) when using SAE H2E.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 00:26:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
405946d76a SAE: Testing option to ignore H2E requirement mismatch
"SET ignore_sae_h2e_only 1" can now be used to configurate
wpa_supplicant to a test mode where it ignores AP's H2E-required
advertisement and try to connect with hunt-and-pecking loop instead.
This is used only for testing AP behavior with unexpected STA behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-06 17:13:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e780b4bf20 DPP: Bootstrapping via NFC URI Record
This extends hostapd and wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to allow the
bootstrapping URI to be generated for and parsed from an NFC Tag with an
NFC URI Record. This is similar to the way the bootstrapping URI is used
with QR Code for unidirectional authentication.

The DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command uses "type=nfc-uri" to request the URI to
be assigned for NFC URI Record. In practice, the URI is generated
identically to the QR Code case, but the internal entry maintains the
NFC-URI type.

A new command "DPP_NFC_URI <uri>" can now be used to parse the URI read
from an NFC Tag with the NFC URI Record. This is similar to the
DPP_QR_CODE command.

Other commands (mainly, DPP_LISTEN and DPP_AUTH_INIT) are used for NFC
URI in the same way as they are used for QR Code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-05 12:37:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
181bf93363 DPP2: Report received ssid_charset as DPP-CONFOBJ-SSID-CHARSET event
This provides the SSID character set, if specified, to upper layers on
station Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5e36a184 Clean up base64_{encode,decode} pointer types
Allow any pointer to be used as source for encoding and use char * as
the return value from encoding and input value for decoding to reduce
number of type casts needed in the callers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
783a99b73d HS2.0: Skip check for roaming_consortium for NAI realm query
Previously ANQP fetch considered NAI realm query only when cred block
did not specify roaming_consortium to optimize ANQP operations (NAI
realm list can have a very long value). In certain cases, both NAI realm
and roaming_consortium are configured in credential block and this
resulted in ANQP fetch for NAI realm not being initiated. That could
result in not being able to select the highest priority available
credential/network.

Remove roaming_consortium check for NAI realm query inclusion in ANQP
request so that we will request NAI realm information whenever it can
result in matching additional networks. This makes the ANQP queries more
costly in some cases, but the additional information is needed for
correct behavior in network selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-17 21:04:38 +02:00
Eric Caruso
9fde146070 Allow scans triggered by D-Bus to use MAC address randomization
wpas_dbus_handler_scan() constructs a set of 'params' each time, but it
doesn't acknowledge the existing randomization settings when doing so.
That means that any D-Bus initiated scans weren't going to follow the
configured settings.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Eric Caruso
10f8351d6e D-Bus: Add MAC address randomization endpoints
Add D-Bus property:
* MACAddressRandomizationMask: a{say}

which configure random MAC address functionality in the Wi-Fi
driver via netlink.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Eric Caruso
bb66d46758 Move ownership of MAC address randomization mask to scan params
This array can be freed either from the scan parameters or from
clearing the MAC address randomization parameters from the
wpa_supplicant struct. To make this ownership more clear, we have
each struct own its own copy of the parameters.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c2f70cc6a DPP: Mention ssid and pass parameters for DPP_AUTH_INIT in documentation
These parameter use hexdump values over the control interface, so
mention them in the DPP example documentation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Beniamino Galvani
7800725afb dbus: Export OWE capability and OWE BSS key_mgmt
Export a new 'owe' capability to indicate that wpa_supplicant was
built with OWE support and accepts 'key_mgmt=OWE'. Also, support 'owe'
in the array of BSS' available key managements.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2019-10-27 15:44:34 +02:00
Davide Caratti
b2ad4e6b24 D-Bus: Fix P2P NULL dereference after interface removal
When the P2P management interface is deleted, P2P is then disabled and
global->p2p_init_wpa_s is set to NULL. After that, other interfaces can
still trigger P2P functions (like wpas_p2p_find()) using D-Bus. This
makes wpa_supplicant terminate with SIGSEGV, because it dereferences a
NULL pointer. Fix this by adding proper checks, like it's done with
wpa_cli.

CC: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
CC: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Vladimir Benes <vbenes@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2019-10-27 15:40:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b5865a53f SAE: Ignore commit message when waiting for confirm in STA mode
Previously, an unexpected SAE commit message resulted in forcing
disconnection. While that allowed recovery by starting from scratch,
this is not really necessary. Ignore such unexpected SAE commit message
instead and allow SAE confirm message to be processed after this. This
is somewhat more robust way of handling the cases where SAE commit
message might be retransmitted either in STA->AP or AP->STA direction.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-10-27 14:35:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50a2c8c906 Do not indicate possible PSK failure when using SAE
wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_psk() includes SAE AKMs. However, with SAE, there is no
way of reaching 4-way handshake without the password having already been
verified as part of SAE authentication. As such, a failure to complete
4-way handshake with SAE cannot indicate that the used password was
incorrect.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-10-27 12:54:40 +02:00
Jesus Fernandez Manzano
305369038b wpa_supplicant: Fix arithmetic on void pointer
When using void pointers in calculations, the behavior is undefined.
Arithmetic operations on 'void *' is a GNU C extension,
which defines the 'sizeof(void)' to be 1.

This change improves portability of the code.

Signed-off-by: Jesus Fernandez Manzano <jesus.manzano@galgus.net>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Masashi Honma
b38c8c9cb2 dbus: Suppress to show NULL string
wpa_s->dbus_groupobj_path is always NULL so suppress to show it.
This was found by gcc 9.2.1 warning.

dbus/dbus_new.c: In function ‘wpas_dbus_unregister_p2p_group’:
dbus/dbus_new.c:4793:3: warning: ‘%s’ directive argument is null [-Wformat-overflow=]
 4793 |   wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG,
      |   ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 4794 |       "%s: Group object '%s' already unregistered",
      |       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 4795 |       __func__, wpa_s->dbus_groupobj_path);
      |       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Masashi Honma
6807eee9ca Interworking: Check NULL string to avoid compiler warning
Fix warning by gcc 9.2.1.

interworking.c: In function ‘interworking_home_sp_cred’:
interworking.c:2263:3: warning: ‘%s’ directive argument is null [-Wformat-overflow=]
 2263 |   wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG,
      |   ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 2264 |    "Interworking: Search for match with SIM/USIM domain %s",
      |    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 2265 |    realm);
      |    ~~~~~~

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Phil Wise
ec1c0d1548 Fix name of DBus interface in defconfig
Signed-off-by: Phil Wise <phil@phil-wise.com>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3516cad7a Store a copy of Association Request RSNXE in AP mode for later use
This is needed to be able to compare the received RSNXE to a protected
version in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 00:20:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d6c887751 SAE: Add RSNXE in Association Request and EAPOL-Key msg 2/4
Add the new RSNXE into (Re)Association Request frames and EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 when using SAE with hash-to-element mechanism enabled. This allows
the AP to verify that there was no downgrade attack when both PWE
derivation mechanisms are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-17 16:54:05 +03:00
Dedy Lansky
cdb5774f42 FST: Update FST about MAC address change
Notify FST module upon MAC address change. FST module will update the
Multiband IE accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89450024a8 wpa_supplicant: Pass in operating class for channel validity checks
This is needed to allow the 6 GHz operating classes to be compared
against the driver support channels since the channel numbers are not
really unique identifiers of a channel even within a single band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
444d76f74f SAE: Check that peer's rejected groups are not enabled
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cfe1ea5c9c SAE: H2E version of SAE commit message handling for STA
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
447cd5f2df SAE: Collect list of rejected groups for H2E in STA
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05a2fb0d11 SAE: Derive H2E PT in STA before connection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
146889e3ca RSN: Verify RSNXE match between Beacon/ProbeResp and EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
If the AP advertises RSN Extension element, it has to be advertised
consistently in the unprotected (Beacon and Probe Response) and
protected (EAPOL-Key msg 3/4) frames. Verify that this is the case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
293a01f3b3 SAE: Handle BSS membership selector indication for H2E-only in STA mode
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85e64e634d SAE: Add sae_pwe configuration parameter for wpa_supplicant
This parameter can be used to specify which PWE derivation mechanism(s)
is enabled. This commit is only introducing the new parameter; actual
use of it will be address in separate commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86f6084862 SAE: Tell sae_parse_commit() whether H2E is used
This will be needed to help parsing the received SAE commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-14 19:38:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6a7de60c8 wpa_cli: Clean up unnecessarily complex CONFIG_MESH use
There is no need for #ifdef/#else/#endif construction in
network_fields[] to cover "mode" (which is completely independent of
CONFIG_MESH) or two separate conditional blocks for mesh related network
fields, so move these into a single conditionally included block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
8b426ab1e7 wpa_supplicant: Pass AP mode EDMG config to hostapd struct
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
a82aee1f40 wpa_supplicant: Add support for EDMG channels
As part of a connection request, set EDMG parameters for the driver to
use in the association. The EDMG parameters are based on EDMG IE
received from the AP's Probe Response frames, the driver's EDMG
capability, and the EDMG configuration from the configuration.

As part of starting an AP, set EDMG parameters for the driver to use for
AP operation. The EDMG parameters are based on the driver's EDMG
capability and the EDMG configuration from the configuration.

This implementation is limited to CB2 (channel bonding of 2 channels)
and the bonded channels must be adjacent, i.e., the supported values for
edmg_channel are 9..13.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
35aed771f9 Indicate EDMG in scan results
Add [EDMG] flag to scan results.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
bebd91e9c4 Add EDMG parameters to set_freq functions
This updates the frequency parameter setting functions to include
argument for EDMG.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:59:23 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
e8ff22f471 wpa_supplicant: Add EDMG channel configuration parameters
Add two new configuration parameters for wpa_supplicant:
enable_edmg: Enable EDMG capability for STA/AP mode
edmg_channel: Configure channel bonding. In AP mode it defines the EDMG
channel to start the AP on. In STA mode it defines the EDMG channel to
use for connection.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:50:06 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
c349174035 MBO/OCE: Update disable_mbo_oce flag after association
After roaming to an AP, update disable_mbo_oce flag based on the current
BSS capabilities. This flag is used to check whether STA should support
MBO/OCE features and process BTM request received from the current
connected AP.

When a STA roams from a WPA2 MBO/OCE AP with PMF enabled to a
misbehaving WPA2 MBO/OCE AP without PMF, or if the driver chooses a BSS
in which PMF is not enabled for the initial connection, BTM requests
from such APs should not be processed by STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 16:45:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52d469de11 DPP2: Support multiple Config Objects in Enrollee
Process all received DPP Configuration Object attributes from
Configuration Result in Enrollee STA case. If wpa_supplicant is
configured to add networks automatically, this results in one network
being added for each included Configuration Object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d0a4ed6a1b Allow SAE to be used in wpa_supplicant AP mode
SAE password configuration for AP mode requires additional steps
compared to PSK cases. Previous implementation allowed SAE to be
configured, but all authentication attempts would fail due to no
password being available. Now both psk and sae_password/sae_password_id
parameters are translated properly to the hostapd configuration
structures to fix this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-21 16:30:35 +03:00
Roy Marples
7846e8d608 NetBSD: Fix compile
On NetBSD the ethernet header is net/if_ether.h

This also pulls in net/if.h which defines if_type, which in turn
conflicts with an enum in wpa_supplicant. As such we need to
include this at the bottom rather than at the top.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2019-09-21 13:38:32 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
2e06cef80a MBO/OCE: Work around misbehaving MBO/OCE APs that use RSN without PMF
The MBO and OCE specification require the station to mandate use of PMF
when connecting to an MBO/OCE AP that uses WPA2. The earlier
implementation prevented such misbehaving APs from being selected for
connection completely. This looks like the safest approach to take, but
unfortunately, there are deployed APs that are not compliant with the
MBO/OCE requirements and this strict interpretation of the station
requirements results in interoperability issues by preventing the
association completely.

Relax the approach by allowing noncompliant MBO/OCE APs to be selected
for RSN connection without PMF to avoid the main impact of this
interoperability issue. However, disable MBO/OCE functionality when PMF
cannot be negotiated to try to be as compliant as practical with the
MBO/OCE tech spec requirements (i.e., stop being an MBO/OCE STA for the
duration of such workaround association). Also disable support for BTM
in this workaround state since MBO would expect all BTM frames to be
protected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-21 00:58:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f8c423a51 DPP: Add bandSupport JSON array into config request
Indicate supported global operating classes when wpa_supplicant is
operating as an Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a5639b068 DPP: Allow name and mudurl to be configured for Config Request
The new hostapd and wpa_supplicant configuration parameters dpp_name and
dpp_mud_url can now be used to set a specific name and MUD URL for the
Enrollee to use in the Configuration Request. dpp_name replaces the
previously hardcoded "Test" string (which is still the default if an
explicit configuration entry is not included). dpp_mud_url can
optionally be used to add a MUD URL to describe the Enrollee device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16ef233bf1 DPP2: Connection status result (Enrollee)
Add support for reporting connection status after provisioning if the
Configurator requests this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-16 17:25:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b10e01a795 DPP2: Connection status result (Configurator)
A new argument to the DPP_AUTH_INIT command (conn_status=1) can now be
used to set Configurator to request a station Enrollee to report
connection result after a successfully completed provisioning step. If
the peer supports this, the DPP-CONF-SENT event indicates this with a
new argument (wait_conn_status=1) and the Configurator remains waiting
for the connection result for up to 16 seconds.

Once the Enrollee reports the result, a new DPP-CONN-STATUS-RESULT event
is generated with arguments result, ssid, and channel_list indicating
what the Enrollee reported. result=0 means success while non-zero codes
are for various error cases as specified in the DPP tech spec. If no
report is received from the Enrollee, the event with "timeout" argument
is generated locally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-16 17:13:46 +03:00
Sujay Patwardhan
21dc1627f6 wpa_supplicant: Don't return an error when successfully parsing WMM rules
The config file parser previously would fall through into an error if
CONFIG_AP is defined and it hit a wmm_ac_* rule with a valid value. Add
a return to prevent incorrectly printing an error message and returning
a non-zero exit code.

Signed-off-by: Sujay Patwardhan <sujay@eero.com>
2019-09-13 16:35:16 +03:00
Hu Wang
8214b45ba0 P2P: Use latest BSS entry if multiple P2P Device Addr matches found
If an AP (P2P GO) has changed its operating channel or SSID recently,
the BSS table may have multiple entries for the same BSSID.

Commit 702621e6dd ('WPS: Use latest updated BSS entry if multiple
BSSID matches found') fetches latest updated BSS entry based on
BSSID. Do the same when fetching an entry based on the P2P Device
Address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-13 16:22:05 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
dc6c3be4e2 wpa_supplicant: Add support for 60 GHz band channels 5 and 6
The previous support in the 60 GHz band was for channels 1-4.
Add support for channels 5 and 6.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-13 16:14:17 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
8788a314d7 WPS: Update MAC address on address changes
The WPS component keeps a copy of the network interface MAC address.
When MAC address is changed the WPS copy was not updated so WPS M1
message contained the old address. Some devices check this field
and fail connection attempts.

Update the WPS MAC address on interface MAC address changes.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
2019-09-09 16:49:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a69742c2f8 wpa_cli: Do not pick p2p-dev-* interfaces by default
These are the driver-specific interface for the non-netdev P2P Device
interface and not something that useful for most use cases. Skip them to
allow the main netdev (e.g., wlan0 over p2p-dev-wlan0) to be selected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-09 16:37:46 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
a8bfc6fff2 FILS: Update connect params after sending connection notification
Update connect params will update auth_alg and fils_hlp_req in
wpa_supplicant structure before calling function
wpas_notify_state_changed(). This could have resulted in triggering
inconsistent state change events and messages in the Android framework.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-08 17:50:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1eff2e7bf1 DPP2: Fix wpa_supplicant build dependencies for CONFIG_AP=y build
Fix CONFIG_DPP2=y with CONFIG_AP=y build for cases where the needed
dependencies were not pulled in by other optional build parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-08 17:44:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2bae5763d DPP: Fix wpa_supplicant build dependencies for DPP-only build
Fix CONFIG_DPP=y build for cases where the needed dependencies were not
pulled in by other optional build parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-08 17:39:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d2ed8bae8 Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211W build parameter
Hardcode this to be defined and remove the separate build options for
PMF since this functionality is needed with large number of newer
protocol extensions and is also something that should be enabled in all
WPA2/WPA3 networks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-08 17:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6816182461 EAP-TEAP peer: Add support for machine credentials using certificates
This allows EAP-TLS to be used within an EAP-TEAP tunnel when there is
an explicit request for machine credentials. The network profile
parameters are otherwise same as the Phase 1 parameters, but each one
uses a "machine_" prefix for the parameter name.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebee8232d3 Do not try to include net/ethernet.h in MinGW/Windows builds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf15b15598 Fix Windows error code definition workaround
ENOTCONN, EOPNOTSUPP, and ECANCELED are defined in a newer version of
MinGW, so make this workaround conditional on what is defined in the
header files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
043de65f1c EAP peer config: Move ocsp param to phase1/phase2
OCSP configuration is applicable to each instance of TLS-based
authentication and as such, the configuration might need to be different
for Phase 1 and Phase 2. Move ocsp into struct eap_peer_cert_config and
add a separate ocsp2 network profile parameter to set this for Phase 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b99c4cadb7 EAP peer: Move certificate configuration params into shared struct
These parameters for certificate authentication are identical for the
Phase 1 (EAP-TLS alone) and Phase 2 (EAP-TLS inside a TLS tunnel).
Furthermore, yet another copy would be needed to support separate
machine credential in Phase 2. Clean this up by moving the shared
parameters into a separate data struct that can then be used for each
need without having to define separate struct members for each use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:31 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
6e711e7ab3 mesh: Do not enable HE on 5 GHz without VHT
The commit ad9a1bfe78 ("nl80211: Share VHT channel configuration for
HE") always enforced that VHT is enabled when HE was enabled. This broke
the mesh functionality on 2.4 GHz with HE because ibss_mesh_setup_freq()
isn't setting up the VHT parameters for 2.4 GHz.

This problem was resolved for 2.4 GHz by commit df4f959988 ("nl80211:
Don't force VHT channel definition with HE"), but it is still possible
to disable VHT during the mesh/IBSS freq setup on 5 GHz - which would
result in the same problem as seen on 2.4 GHz.

The code enabling HE for IBSS/mesh must now make sure that it doesn't
enable HE when VHT could be enforced by the nl80211 driver code but
disabled by the user.

Fixes: 3459c54ac7 ("mesh: Add support for HE mode")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <seckelmann@datto.com>
2019-08-30 16:02:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c724a0a16c EAP peer: Add a concept of a separate machine credential
This is an initial step in adding support for configuring separate user
and machine credentials. The new wpa_supplicant network profile
parameters machine_identity and machine_password are similar to the
existing identity and password, but explicitly assigned for the purpose
of machine authentication.

This commit alone does not change actual EAP peer method behavior as
separate commits are needed to determine when there is an explicit
request for machine authentication. Furthermore, this is only addressing
the username/password credential type, i.e., additional changes
following this design approach will be needed for certificate
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 13:24:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52069c7eff Add TLS-PRF using HMAC with P_SHA384 for TEAP
This version of TLS PRF is needed when using TEAP with TLS ciphersuites
that are defined to use SHA384 instead of SHA256.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-16 21:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a647a0ad75 Extend server certificate TOD policy reporting to include TOD-TOFU
The previously used single TOD policy was split into two policies:
TOD-STRICT and TOD-TOFU. Report these separately in the
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events (tod=1 for TOD-STRICT and tod=2 for
TOD-TOFU).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 16:40:31 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
346d10cf82 SAE: Conditionally set PMKID while notifying the external auth status
This is needed for the drivers implementing SME to include the PMKID in
the Association Request frame directly following SAE authentication.

This commit extends the commit d2b2083843 ("SAE: Allow PMKID to be
added into Association Request frame following SAE") for drivers with
internal SME that use the external authentication mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 15:37:36 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
b7cd64876d SAE: Use BSSID stored in ext_auth_bssid for set_pmk
pending_bssid is cleared in the connected state and thus is not valid if
SAE authentication is done to a new BSSID when in the connected state.
Hence use the BSSID from ext_auth_bssid while configuring the PMK for
the external authentication case. This is required for roaming to a new
BSSID with driver-based-SME while the SAE processing happens with
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 15:32:55 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
e0b331d896 OWE: Update connect params with new DH attributes to the driver
A new DH public key is sent through this interface to the driver after
every successful connection/roam to a BSS. This helps to do OWE roaming
to a new BSS with drivers that implement SME/MLME operations during
roaming.

This updated DH IEs are added in the subsequent (Re)Association Request
frame sent by the station when roaming. The DH IE from the roamed AP is
given to wpa_supplicant in the roam result event. wpa_supplicant shall
further process these DH IEs to generate the PMK for the 4-way
handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 15:31:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae05b6a215 RSN: Do not allow connection to proceed without MFPC=1 if PMF required
PMF capability check is done as part of BSS selection routines, but
those are not used when going through the enforced roaming operation
("ROAM <BSSID>" control interface command). While that mechanism is
mainly for testing purposes, extend it to do the same check for PMF to
prevent cases where forced roaming could end up disabling PMF against
the local profile requirement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 13:48:16 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
0028d627c8 OCE: Mandate PMF for WPA2 association with OCE AP
An OCE AP with WPA2 enabled shall require PMF negotiation when
associating with an OCE STA. An OCE STA-CFON may negotiate PMF with a
STA when it is operating as an AP. Don't select an OCE AP for connection
if PMF is not enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-15 19:06:53 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
84ebc759a0 HS 2.0: Match credentials based on required_roaming_consortium
When required_roaming_consortium is set in a credential, station
should match this against Roaming Consortium(s) for a BSS similar
to how it is matching for roaming_consortiums during Interworking
credentials availability check for roaming_consortium.

In the context of Hotspot 2.0 PPS MO, this means addressing matching
part in the same manner for HomeSP/HomeOIList/<X+>/HomeOI regardless of
how HomeSP/HomeOIList/<X+>/HomeOIRequired is set (i.e., the required
part is used as an independent check for the AP advertising the needed
information while the "credential can be used here and this is a home
network" part is shared).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-15 16:51:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2b2083843 SAE: Allow PMKID to be added into Association Request frame following SAE
IEEE Std 802.11-2016 does not require this behavior from a SAE STA, but
it is not disallowed either, so it is useful to have an option to
identify the derived PMKSA in the immediately following Association
Request frames. This is disabled by default (i.e., no change to previous
behavior) and can be enabled with a global wpa_supplicant configuration
parameter sae_pmkid_in_assoc=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-14 17:49:23 +03:00
Matthew Wang
dd0153fced Check for LEAP before doing FT
According to https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/td/docs/wireless/controller/technotes/80211r-ft/b-80211r-dg.html
Cisco does not support EAP-LEAP with Fast Transition. Here,
we check for LEAP before selecting FT 802.1X key management
suite.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-08-11 18:04:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b0b25c5bbc Clear external eapSuccess setting in driver-authorized cases
The conditions for the eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(FALSE) calls did not
cover the case where eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(TRUE) had been called
based on offloaded 4-way handshake and driver notification of
authorization in wpa_supplicant_event_port_authorized(). This could
result in eapSuccess and altSuccess state machine variables being left
TRUE when roaming to another BSS and that results in EAP failure if the
following roaming case does not get fully authorized through the driver
offload.

Fix this by clearing eapSuccess/altSuccess when processing a new
association (including roaming) event and also when disconnecting from
the network.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-07 19:24:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca8c2bd28a Preparations for v2.8 release
Update the version number for the build and also add the ChangeLog
entries for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to describe main changes
between v2.7 and v2.8.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-07 16:25:25 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
3263fca289 Set the default scan IEs on interface restart
Previously, these default scan IEs were set only when parameter values
changed and during the interface initialization, which can get lost in
the driver on an interface restart. Hence, also set these IEs on an
interface restart notification even when there has been no change in the
values since the last update to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-07 11:43:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
422e73d623 DPP: Indicate authentication success on ConfReqRX if needed
It is possible to receive the Configuration Request frame before having
seen TX status for the Authentication Confirm. In that sequence, the
DPP-AUTH-SUCCESS event would not be indicated before processing the
configuration step and that could confuse upper layers that follow the
details of the DPP exchange. As a workaround, indicate DPP-AUTH-SUCCESS
when receiving the Configuration Request since the Enrollee/Responser
has clearly receive the Authentication Confirm even if the TX status for
it has not been received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-05 13:31:14 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
cb28bd52e1 nl80211: Use separate flag for 4-way handshake offload
Commit d896874f86 ("nl80211: Indicate 802.1X 4-way handshake offload
in connect") used the req_key_mgmt_offload flag to indicate to the
driver that it should offload the 802.1X handshake. However, this field
was existing and used for a different offload API. This causes
wpa_supplicant to send a connect request without the WANT_1X_HS flag and
the subsequent set-pmk is rejected causing the connection to fail. Fix
that by introducing a new flag req_handshake_offload so the offloads are
no longer entangled.

Fixes: d896874f86 ("nl80211: Indicate 802.1X 4-way handshake offload in connect")
Reported-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
2019-08-01 15:52:48 +03:00
Brian Norris
cc2fd94258 D-Bus: Demote timeout/flush messages to MSG_MSGDUMP
We intentionally don't emit property-changed signals on every property
update -- for "less timing critical" messages we delay up to 5
milliseconds waiting to see if we can batch them together. When the
timer hits, we emit the signal anyway and (potentially) log this
message. This amounts to effectively tracing every property update,
which can be quite excessive.

Lower this to MSGDUMP, so MSG_DEBUG can remain slightly more sane.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2019-07-31 22:06:33 +03:00
Yu Wang
0136864032 P2P: Pass HE flag to GO negotiation result
In order to set up P2P connection with HE capability,
the 'he' flag should be passed to GO negotiation result.

Signed-off-by: Yu Wang <yyuwang@codeaurora.org>
2019-07-29 11:48:09 +03:00
Disha Das
5a511924b1 wpa_cli: Add support to process DPP action events in action script
Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2019-07-24 20:16:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64e37be945 Avoid nested enum wpas_mode declaration to allow C++ compilation
Move enum wpas_mode declaration to the global scope to avoid issues with
the recently added inline function wpas_mode_to_ieee80211_mode() using
it as an argument. This fixes C++ compilation issues with cases that
include wpa_supplicant_i.h.

Fixes: 3459c54ac7 ("mesh: Add support for HE mode")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-07-24 19:49:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ed57c5ea8 EAP-TEAP server and peer implementation (RFC 7170)
This adds support for a new EAP method: EAP-TEAP (Tunnel Extensible
Authentication Protocol). This should be considered experimental since
RFC 7170 has number of conflicting statements and missing details to
allow unambiguous interpretation. As such, there may be interoperability
issues with other implementations and this version should not be
deployed for production purposes until those unclear areas are resolved.

This does not yet support use of NewSessionTicket message to deliver a
new PAC (either in the server or peer implementation). In other words,
only the in-tunnel distribution of PAC-Opaque is supported for now. Use
of the NewSessionTicket mechanism would require TLS library support to
allow arbitrary data to be specified as the contents of the message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-07-09 16:56:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3a035169b Remove useless NULL comparison for an array
Now that the TLS peer_cert information is provided as a full struct to
handler functions, the altsubject pointer shows up as an array and
causes static analyzers to warn about unnecessary NULL comparison. Get
rid of that comparison now that it is clearly not needed anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-07-07 10:00:49 +03:00
Eric Caruso
91b6eba773 Move MAC address randomization enable/disable to helper functions
This makes it easier to share this for D-Bus implementation.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-06-26 20:56:01 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
3459c54ac7 mesh: Add support for HE mode
Mesh points can partially support HE features (when requiring no
controlling STA/AP) as long as hardware supports it. The kernel just
requires support for HE mesh and wpa_supplicant can forward the peer
capabilities to the kernel for further processing.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <seckelmann@datto.com>
2019-06-23 18:03:51 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
f74618cb92 wpa_supplicant: Fix type for ssid->mode comparisons
The ssid->mode is from type enum wpas_mode and all its constants start
with WPAS_MODE_*. Still some of the code sections used the
IEEE80211_MODE_* defines instead of WPAS_MODE_*.

This should have no impact on the actual code because the constants for
INFRA, IBSS, AP and MESH had the same values.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <seckelmann@datto.com>
2019-06-23 18:03:51 +03:00
Amit Khatri
30bbff142d DPP: Fix documentation to include operating class for URI
As per code dpp_parse_uri_chan_list() function checks "/" as separator
for operating class and operating channel. Update readme accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit7861234@gmail.com>
2019-06-22 20:39:39 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
dcc31e7957 HS 2.0: Skip credential without EAP method for roaming consortium match
EAP method is required for a credential that matches configured
roaming_consortium with an Interworking AP. Hence skip credentials which
do not have EAP method specified for this match. This fixes an issue
where a credential that cannot work without EAP method from NAI Realms
information is selected first based on roaming consortium.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:51 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
ef59f98729 WNM: Provide option to disable/enable BTM support in STA
Add support to disable/enable BTM support using configuration and
wpa_cli command. This is useful mainly for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21f1a1e66c Report TOD policy in peer certificate events
Add tod=1 to CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events if the peer certificate
includes the TOD policy in the X.509v3 Certificate Policies extension.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc0634da4a Pass full struct to peer certificate callbacks
This makes it easier to add new information to the callbacks without
having to modify each callback function type in EAPOL and EAP code every
time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7deb0450bc Interworking: Print HESSID in debug messages
This makes it easier to understand ANQP queries needed during
Interworking network selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-05 21:09:57 +03:00
leiwei
a93b369c17 macsec: Support IEEE 802.1X(EAP)/PSK MACsec Key Agreement in hostapd
Signed-off-by: leiwei <leiwei@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-03 20:27:44 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
fb6ebd1ced SAE: Send external auth failure status to driver
wpa_supplicant prepares auth commit request as part of the external
authentication (first SAE authentication frame), but it fails to get
prepared when wpa_supplicant is started without mentioning the SAE
password in configuration. Send this failure status to the driver to
make it aware that the external authentication has been aborted by
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:15 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
cbfd0a263d P2P: Force p2p-send-action as the next radio work to execute
This increases the priority of the p2p-send-action radio work, i.e., the
radio work used for transmitting potentially offchannel P2P Action
frames by marking it as the next radio work to execute. This is to avoid
the delay in transmissions due to already queued offchannel radio work
items in the queue. In particular, this means not having to wait for a
pending p2p-scan radio work to be executed before the new P2P Action
frame can be transmitted. This helps in avoiding timeouts on the peer
device when a P2P Action frames is received during other activity on the
device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:15 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
2e3bff5919 P2P: Reject p2p-send-action work while other one is pending
The previous implementation rejects the p2p-send-action work while there
is already one in progress (wpas_send_action_cb() has already been
called for it to start operation). Enhance the same to also consider any
p2p-send-action works pending in the radio work (i.e., waiting for that
wpas_send_action_cb() call).

This is considering the current behaviour of P2P to handle the state
corresponding to respective Action frame transmission:
pending_action_state. If a new P2P Action frame transmission is queued
while there is another one already in the queue, the transmit status of
the first frame is wrongly intepreted by the P2P state machine which has
already scheduled/queued another frame for transmission.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:15 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
a8391db7cf OCE: Use RSSI of actual BSS which rejected association
If an AP rejects association due to low RSSI, then RSSI of the BSS from
which association reject is received shall be used for calculating RSSI
threshold at which STA can try connecting back to that BSS later. In
case of SME offload, the current_bss might not have been set before
receiving association completion, so fetch the BSS entry based on the
BSSID provided in the driver event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:10 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
7ace4328c0 wpa_supplicant: Add support to probe mesh link to given peer
Inject an Ethernet frame to a given peer bypassing next_hop lookup in
mpath table. Optional payload is expected to be hexdump without 0x.

usage:
wpa_cli -i <dev> mesh_link_probe <peer MAC> [payload=<hexdump of payload>]

example:
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_link_probe aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff payload=aabb
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_link_probe aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-28 14:38:30 +03:00
John Crispin
88005ee98d HE: Pass in HE information into hostapd_set_freq_params()
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2019-05-27 17:33:59 +03:00
John Crispin
464dcfd030 HE: Remove VHT_ prefix from CHANWITDH_* define
The bandwidth values are shared between VHT and HE mode so remove the
VHT specific prefix.

Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2019-05-27 16:27:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0de46d8a66 mesh: Fix RSN initialization failure handling
The driver was left in mesh mode (joined to the group) if RSN
authenticator initialization failed. This could result in next
operations failing due to unexpected driver state.

This was found with the following hwsim test case sequence:
mesh_wpa_auth_init_oom dpp_config_no_discovery

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-05-25 21:48:45 +03:00
Mohit Sethi
2f6700c9c6 defconfig: Add config parameter for SIM simulator for EAP-SIM
Allow compilation of internal GSM-Milenage implementation for EAP-SIM
testing with eapol_test.

Signed-off-by: Mohit Sethi <mohit.sethi@aalto.fi>
2019-05-25 16:26:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8ebef87cb WNM: Fix BSS Termination Duration subelement length validation
The length check for the BSS Termination Duration subelement was
accidentally removed and this could result in reading up to 10 bytes
beyond the end of a received frame. The actual read bytes would be
stored locally, but they were not used for anything, so other than
reading beyond the end of an allocated heap memory buffer, this did not
result in any behavior difference or exposure of the bytes.

Credit to OSS-Fuzz: https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/detail?id=14922
Fixes: 093226783d ("WNM: Simplify how candidate subelements are stored")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-25 01:19:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a96c783645 dbus: Fix some memory leaks on error paths
wpa_dbus_dict_close_write() was not called if
fill_dict_with_properties() fails and that could result in leaking
memory. Fix this in two cases. There might be other missing calls to
jouni@codeaurora.org() on error paths, but those will need to be handled
separately with more complex changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-08 22:06:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d42df8d6ce Fix a regression in storing of external_auth SSID/BSSID
An earlier change in drivers_ops API for struct external_auth broke the
way SSID and BSSID for an external authentication request were stored.
The implementation depended on the memory array being available in the
API struct with a use of memcpy() to copy the full structure even though
when only SSID and BSSID was needed. Fix this by replacing that
easy-to-break storing mechanism with explicit arrays for the exact set
of needed information.

Fixes: dd1a8cef4c ("Remove unnecessary copying of SSID and BSSID for external_auth")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-28 16:24:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9083ef1355 FT: Allow PMKSA caching to be enabled with FT-EAP
The new wpa_supplicant network profile configuration parameter
ft_eap_pmksa_caching=1 can be used to enable use of PMKSA caching with
FT-EAP for FT initial mobility domain association. This is still
disabled by default (i.e., maintaining previous behavior) to avoid
likely interoperability issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-28 16:01:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b84ca4dd9 Share common SAE and EAP-pwd functionality: suitable groups
Start sharing common SAE and EAP-pwd functionality by adding a new
source code file that can be included into both. This first step is
bringing in a shared function to check whether a group is suitable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 23:49:49 +03:00
Omer Dagan
fa335929b7 wpa_cli: Make CTRL-EVENT-CHANNEL-SWITCH available to action scripts
Signed-off-by: Omer Dagan <omer.dagan@tandemg.com>
2019-04-22 22:08:07 +03:00
Omer Dagan
95f556f3c7 Make channel switch started event available over control interface
This makes it easier to upper layer components to manage operating
channels in cases where the same radio is shared for both station and AP
mode virtual interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Omer Dagan <omer.dagan@tandemg.com>
2019-04-22 22:08:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be17ffbd9 Replace int status/reason_code with u16 variable
These cases are for the IEEE 802.11 Status Code and Reason Code and
those fields are unsigned 16 bit values, so use the more appropriate
type consistently. This is mainly to document the uses and to make the
source code easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-22 22:08:07 +03:00
Alex Khouderchah
cfde99a84b Add 802.11 reason code strings into wpa_supplicant messages
Logs involving IEEE 802.11 Reason Codes output the Reason Code value,
but do not provide any explanation of what the value means. This change
provides a terse explanation of each Reason Code using the latter part
of the reason code #define names.

Signed-off-by: Alex Khouderchah <akhouderchah@chromium.org>
2019-04-22 22:08:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a5a068086 DPP2: wpa_supplicant as TCP initiator
A DPP TCP connection can now be initiated directly from wpa_supplicant
with the new new tcp_port and tcp_addr parameters to the DPP_AUTH_INIT
control interface command. This initiates DPP Authentication exchange
over TCP with the specified Controller instead of using DPP Public
Action frames over WLAN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-22 21:08:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c02dd10d76 DPP2: wpa_supplicant as Controller over TCP
New wpa_supplicant control interface commands "DPP_CONTROLLER_START
[tcp_port=<port>]" and "DPP_CONTROLLER_STOP" can be used to start and
stop listening to DPP requests over TCP in the Responder role. The TCP
connections are processed similarly to the ones that would have been
received over DPP Public Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-22 21:08:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2ed2b52ff5 DPP: Add configuration structure to dpp_global_init()
This can be used to provide configurable parameter to the global DPP
context. This initial commit introduces the msg_ctx context pointer for
wpa_msg().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-21 21:35:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6396282430 Preparations for v2.8 release
Update the version number for the build and also add the ChangeLog
entries for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to describe main changes
between v2.7 and v2.8.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-21 10:10:22 +03:00
Wiktor Drewniak
bce3d4f70e autoscan: Disable when we move above WPA_SCANNING state
In case of drivers that don't use wpa_supplicant as SME, autoscan
feature was never disabled.

Signed-off-by: Wiktor Drewniak <wiktor.drewniak@gmail.com>
2019-04-16 01:53:21 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
eb3234c07b SAE: Use open authentication to reassociate for PMKSA caching
For reassociation with the same AP wpa_supplicant attempts to use cached
PMKSA. For this purpose PMKID is passed in RSNE in (Re)Association
Request frame. In the case of SAE AP, open authentication shall be used
during reassociation. Otherwise cached PMKID becomes invalid after full
SAE authentication.

The previous implementation correctly handles SME-in-wpa_supplicant
cases. However SME-in-driver cases, complete SAE authentication is
performed. As a result, first reassociation attempt fails.

Fix SME-in-driver behavior by reseting authentication algorithm to
WPA_AUTH_ALG_OPEN when reassociating with SAE AP with an existing PMKSA
cache entry.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-04-16 01:53:21 +03:00
Avraham Stern
fe01cd0067 Fix FILS ERP association event with 4-way HS offload drivers
When FILS authentication is used with ERP, no EAPOL frames are expected
after association. However, for drivers that set the
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_8021X capability flag, the EAP state
machine was not configured correctly and was waiting for EAPOL frames,
which leads to disconnection.

Fix this by reordering the if branches to set the EAPOL/EAP state
machines to success when FILS authentication was already completed.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-04-16 01:53:21 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
31cf52bf2e Do not clear FT IEs twice in sme_deinit()
Remove FT IEs clearing from sme_deinit() as it is done twice. The
sme_clear_on_disassoc() call to sme_update_ft_ies() takes care of this.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-04-16 00:48:27 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
01ac337b32 Stop SA Query on disconnection
SA Query wasn't stopped after disconnection, which could potentially
result in an unexpected SA timeout firing later when already connected
to another AP. Fix that by stopping SA Query when an association is
terminated.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-04-16 00:48:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a206c504f Add debug print on stopping SA Query procedure
This makes it easier to debug SA Query behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-16 00:42:58 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
710c692381 P2PS: Cleanup pending_p2ps_group flag
pending_p2ps_group flag is not always cleaned, which may later result
in an unexpected GO bring up, after PD response is transmitted in
wpas_prov_disc_resp_cb().
This can be seen when running the following hwsim tests together:
 - p2ps_channel_sta_connected_disallow_freq_mcc
 - p2ps_channel_active_go_and_station_different_mcc
Fix this by clearing pending_p2ps_group flag also when processing new
PD requests. In addition, set this flag only when really needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-04-16 00:19:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
984d5b7e1f mesh: Fix random llid generation in an error case
If os_get_random() fails, llid must not be read/used since it could be
uninitialized. Handle that special case by clearing llid explicitly to 0
to continue iteration.

Fixes: 5f92659d88 ("mesh: Add mesh peering manager")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-15 22:26:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6ac47b47d Fix debug print in GET_PREF_FREQ_LIST handler
Do not use the buf argument to wpas_ctrl_iface_get_pref_freq_list() in
the debug print since it points to the response buffer ("OK\n" without
null termination). This was supposed to print the cmd argument instead.
The previous version ended up using uninitialized heap memory from the
response buffer.

Fixes: 983422088f ("nl80211: Add means to query preferred channels")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-15 20:54:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e70e807c8 D-Bus: Fix P2P GroupStarted signal not to use uninitialized IP buffer
wpas_p2p_completed() used wpa_sm_get_p2p_ip_addr() return value properly
for filling in the ip_addr[] string only if the IP addresses got
assigned, but the raw ip[] array was passed to
wpas_dbus_signal_p2p_group_started() regardless of whether the IP
addresses were assigned. This could result in using uninitialized stack
memory for constructing the GroupStarted signal values. Fix this by
filling those in only if the IP addressed are actually available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-15 20:27:52 +03:00
Avraham Stern
56ac1f9dfe RRM: Set last beacon report indication in the last element only
The last beacon report indication was set in all the beacon report
elements in the last frame of the beacon report, while it should be
set only in the last beacon report element of the last frame.

Fixes: ecef0687dc ("RRM: Support for Last Beacon Report Indication subelement")
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-04-13 11:51:05 +03:00
Ben Greear
6f484978fb Document BSS expiration configurables
Help the user be aware of the options to configure when
wpa_supplicant will remove a BSS due to expiration.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-04-13 11:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd1a8cef4c Remove unnecessary copying of SSID and BSSID for external_auth
The external authentication command and event does not need to copy the
BSSID/SSID values into struct external_auth since those values are used
before returning from the call. Simplify this by using const u8 * to
external data instead of the array with a copy of the external data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-12 20:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
242e857285 Extend domain_match and domain_suffix_match to allow list of values
These wpa_supplicant network profile parameters could be used to specify
a single match string that would be used against the dNSName items in
subjectAltName or CN. There may be use cases where more than one
alternative match string would be useful, so extend these to allow a
semicolon delimited list of values to be used (e.g.,
"example.org;example.com"). If any of the specified values matches any
of the dNSName/CN values in the server certificate, consider the
certificate as meeting this requirement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-09 16:24:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a42f1eded scan: Use normal scans after connection failure
In case of connection attempt failure, set 'normal_scans'
to zero, as otherwise it is possible that scheduled scan
would be used and not normal scan, which might delay the
next connection attempt.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2019-04-06 17:13:10 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0487967153 OWE: Fix a possible memory leak on error path
Properly handle the case where OWE IE is allocated, but
there is no space left to add it in the WPA IE buffer.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2019-04-06 17:02:13 +03:00
Peng Xu
edcaf16f9e P2P: Enable HE for both 2G and 5G bands
Previously HE was only enabled for a 2G P2P GO. This change enables HE
for both 2G and 5G P2P GO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-05 20:59:48 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
822c756e8c MBO: Update connect params with new MBO attributes to driver
MBO attributes Non-preferred channel list and Cellular capabilities are
updated using WNM-Notification Request frame to the current connected
BSS. These same attributes need to be added in the (Re)Association
Request frame sent by the station when roaming, including the case where
the driver/firmware takes care of SME/MLME operations during roaming, so
we need to update the MBO IE to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-05 20:56:03 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
74f8e768f2 MBO: Always include Non-preferred Channel Report attribute in AssocReq
Include the Non-preferred Channel Report attribute in (Re)Association
Request frames even when the MBO STA has no non-preferred channels in
any operating classes. In case of no non-preferred channels the
attribute length field shall be set to zero and the Operating Class,
Channel List, Preference and Reason Code fields shall not be included.
This indicates to the MBO AP that the MBO STA has no non-preferred
channels access all supported operating classes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-05 20:43:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd23daa8e6 DPP: Move GAS encapsulation into dpp_build_conf_req()
Avoid duplicated code in each user of dpp_build_conf_req() by moving the
common encapsulation case into this helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-03 19:10:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be609c6fc6 SAE: Fix commit message override with external authentication
Do not add duplicate Transaction Sequence and Status Code fields when
using test functionality to override SAE commit message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-01 13:28:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9af1eea37a Prefer FT-SAE over FT-PSK if both are enabled
FT-SAE is considered stronger than FT-PSK, so prefer it over FT-PSK
similarly to how SAE is preferred over WPA-PSK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-28 03:27:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
853bd19f22 Add more debug prints on suite selector selection
This makes it a bit easier to figure out why wpa_supplicant selects a
specific cipher/AKM for association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-28 02:58:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d77014e71 Suite B: Prefer FT-EAP-SHA384 over WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192
If both of these AKMs are enabled in the wpa_supplicant network profile
and the target AP advertises support for both, prefer the FT version
over the non-FT version to allow FT to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-28 01:57:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab3aebcce5 SAE: Fix PMKSA cache entry search for FT-SAE case
Previously, PMKSA cache entries were search for AKM=SAE and that did not
find an entry that was created with FT-SAE when trying to use FT-SAE
again. That resulted in having to use full SAE authentication instead of
the faster PMKSA caching alternative.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-27 04:03:12 +02:00
vamsi krishna
bcf1900058 FT-SAE: Enable external auth support for FT-SAE also
Extend the external authentication support to FT-SAE mode connections
also in addition to SAE mode connections.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-27 03:18:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76fd782abe SAE: Reorder SAE and FT-SAE AKM selection to prefer the FT option
If a network profile has both SAE and FT-SAE enabled, SAE was previously
picked (and used incorrectly as explained in the previous commit). This
is not ideal since use of FT protocol can speed up roaming within in
mobility domain. Reorder this checks so that FT-SAE is preferred over
SAE if both are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-26 22:50:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
322d328e71 FT: Fix SAE + FT-SAE behavior in association parameter selection
Do not try to initialize FT reassociation if the selected AKM is for SAE
instead of FT-SAE when both of these are enabled in a network profile.
This fixes an issue with MDE being included in an (Re)Association
Request frame even when using a non-FT AKM (which is something that
results in hostapd rejecting the association).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-26 22:50:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
87d8435cf9 DPP: Common configurator/bootstrapping data management
Merge the practically copy-pasted implementations in wpa_supplicant and
hostapd into a single shared implementation in dpp.c for managing
configurator and boostrapping information. This avoid unnecessary code
duplication and provides a convenient location for adding new global DPP
data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-24 17:29:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10ec6a5f38 DPP2: PFS for PTK derivation
Use Diffie-Hellman key exchange to derivate additional material for
PMK-to-PTK derivation to get PFS. The Diffie-Hellman Parameter element
(defined in OWE RFC 8110) is used in association frames to exchange the
DH public keys. For backwards compatibility, ignore missing
request/response DH parameter and fall back to no PFS in such cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-18 18:32:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18015fc8a4 DPP2: Support new legacy+DPP config object credentials
This allows devices supporting DPP protocol version 2 or newer to
provision networks that enable both the legacy (PSK/SAE) and DPP
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-16 18:52:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd6c598007 DPP: Support DPP and SAE in the same network profile
Make both DPP and SAE code aware of the cases where the same network
profile is configured to enable both DPP and SAE. Prefer DPP over SAE in
such cases and start DPP/SAE exchanges based on what both the station
and the AP support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-16 17:29:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9305c2332b DPP: Clean up configuration parsing
Share a single parsing implementation for both hostapd and
wpa_supplicant to avoid code duplication. In addition, clean up the
implementation to be more easily extensible.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-16 17:29:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5db775049 Remove pending connect and sme-connect radio works on disconnect
There was a race condition in a case where a new connection attempt was
scheduled as a pending radio work and that was followed by a DISCONNECT
command before the pending radio work is started. The pending radio work
would not have been deleted in that sequence and instead, it was
executed when the radio became available next. This could result in an
unexpected connection after an explicit request to disconnect.

Fix this by removing pending connect and sme-connect radio works on
disconnection request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 13:03:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67b3bcc954 DPP2: Testing option for Config Object rejction
Add a new testing option to force Enrollee to reject the receive Config
Object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 00:31:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22f90b32f1 DPP2: Configuration Result message generation and processing
Use this new message from Enrollee to Configurator to indicate result of
the config object provisioning if both devices support protocol version
2 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 00:31:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c98617b48d DPP2: Make DPP version number support available over control interface
"GET_CAPABILITY dpp" can now be used to determine which version number
of DPP is supported in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 00:31:09 +02:00
Jayachandran Sreekumaran
2b7fa03559 P2P: Fix ACS offloading behavior with p2p_no_group_iface=1
wpa_s->p2p_go_do_acs was not cleared during P2P group deletion and that
resulted in the case of no separate group interface continuing to assume
ACS was to be used for consecutive GO starts even if they tried to
specify a frequency. Fix this by explicitly clearing
wpa_s->p2p_go_do_acs during P2P group deletion and also clear this when
processing the P2P_GROUP_ADD if the parameters do not request ACS to be
used.

Fixes: 37ed3254de ("P2P: ACS offload for the autonomous GO")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-13 13:22:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce7effd08f DPP2: Build configuration flags for DPP version 2 support
The new CONFIG_DPP2=y build option for hostapd and wpa_supplicant is
used to control whether new functionality defined after the DPP
specification v1.0 is included. All such functionality are considered
experimental and subject to change without notice and as such, not
suitable for production use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-13 12:00:09 +02:00
Jared Bents
841205a1ce OpenSSL: Add 'check_cert_subject' support for TLS server
This patch added 'check_cert_subject' support to match the value of
every field against the DN of the subject in the client certificate. If
the values do not match, the certificate verification will fail and will
reject the user.

This option allows hostapd to match every individual field in the right
order, also allow '*' character as a wildcard (e.g OU=Development*).

Note: hostapd will match string up to 'wildcard' against the DN of the
subject in the client certificate for every individual field.

Signed-off-by: Paresh Chaudhary <paresh.chaudhary@rockwellcollins.com>
Signed-off-by: Jared Bents <jared.bents@rockwellcollins.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-03-11 14:09:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9571f945c6 mesh: Check that SAE state initialization succeeded for PMKID check
mesh_rsn_auth_sae_sta() might fail, so verify that sta->sae got
allocated before dereferencing it for a PMKID check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-03-09 18:55:58 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
fafad85274 defconfig: Enable DBus
Acquire the new name, along with introspection. This is generally useful
for other daemons to integrate with wpa_supplicant, notably
NetworkManager.

Debian and Fedora (and likely any other distro that configured wireless
via NetworkManager) enable this.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-03-09 18:35:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
6a8dee76d4 wpa_supplicant: Drop the old D-Bus interface support
This drops support for the fi.epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant D-Bus name
along with the associated CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS option. Nothing should
really be using this since 2010.

This is a just a straightforward removal. Perhaps the dbus_common.c and
dbus_new.c can be merged now. Also, the "_NEW" suffix of the config
option seems to make even less sense than it used to.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-03-09 18:33:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
954c535a50 DPP: Update wpa_supplicant configuration file after provisioning
WPS was already doing this if update_config=1 was set and DPP should be
consistent with that behavior. Update the configuration file if
update_config=1 and dpp_config_processing is set to 1 or 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-03-09 16:21:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
339dc8bd6b WPS: Allow SAE configuration to be added automatically for PSK
The new wpa_supplicant configuration parameter wps_cred_add_sae=1 can be
used to request wpa_supplicant to add SAE configuration whenever WPS is
used to provision WPA2-PSK credentials and the credential includes a
passphrase (instead of PSK). This can be used to enable WPA3-Personal
transition mode with both SAE and PSK enabled and also with PMF enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-06 21:52:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd83089120 SAE: Reuse previously generated PWE on a retry with the same AP
Do not start SAE authentication from scratch when the AP requests
anti-clogging token to be used. Instead, use the previously generated
PWE as-is if the retry is for the same AP and the same group. This saves
unnecessary processing on the station side in case the AP is under heavy
SAE authentiation load.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-06 13:07:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9fe13035e SAE: Enable only groups 19, 20, and 21 in station mode
Remove groups 25 (192-bit Random ECP Group) and 26 (224-bit Random ECP
Group) from the default SAE groups in station mode since those groups
are not as strong as the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256).

In addition, add a warning about MODP groups 1, 2, 5, 22, 23, and 24
based on "MUST NOT" or "SHOULD NOT" categorization in RFC 8247. All the
MODP groups were already disabled by default and would have needed
explicit configuration to be allowed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-05 17:23:58 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
611308365e defconfig: Enable IEEE 802.11w management frame protection (wpa_supplicant)
NetworkManager can use these if available and the distros generally
enable this already.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
9515fa9250 defconfig: enable IEEE 802.11r fast BSS transition (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Linux distros already enable these, upcoming
NetworkManager will support it too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
6b7a0da75b defconfig: Enable IEEE 802.11n and 802.11ac (wpa_supplicant)
I guess there's no reason anyone with capable hardware wouldn't want to
enable these. Debian and Fedora aleady do.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
467004d632 defconfig: Enable Hotspot 2.0 (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful, Debian enables this. Other distros should too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
ec52faa2b2 defconfig: Enable RSN on IBSS networks (wpa_supplicant)
Fedora and Debian enable this. NetworkManager actually rejects such
configurations citing kernel bugs, but that actually might not be the
right thing to do anymore.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67d99d2e07 defconfig: Remove obsolete notes about OpenSSL requirements for EAP-FAST
OpenSSL 0.9.8 reached its end-of-life long time ago, so remove these old
notes about need of a newer OpenSSL version for EAP-FAST since all
current OpenSSL versions include the needed functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
eafc5fec22 defconfig: Enable a handful of EAP methods (wpa_supplicant)
Fedora uses AKA, FAST, GPSK_SHA256, GPSK, IKEV2, PAX, SAKE and TNC. I
don't know why these in particular. AKA wouldn't work, because
CONFIG_PCSC is off anyways; let's enable all the other ones, and also
PWD (openSUSE enabled it because users demanded it).

Debian enables all of the above uses, but also PWD, AKA_PRIME, SIM, PSK
and EKE.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
f64050da02 defconfig: Enable logging to file and syslog (wpa_supplicant)
Debian and Fedora enable both and log to syslog. openSUSE seems to log
to a flat file instead.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
ae5240db86 defconfig: Enable simple bgscan module (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Linux distros enable this and also utilize it via
NetworkManager.

Debian also enables the learn module. I'm leaving it off as it's marked
experimental.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
2d6d47219e defconfig: Enable AP (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Debian and Fedora enable this and support creating
access points via NetworkManager too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
f87450a73f defconfig: Enable WPS (wpa_supplicant)
WPS is generally useful with consumer hardware, and exposed to desktop
users via NetworkManager.

The Linux distros, including Debian, Fedora, and openSUSE enable it.
Debian also enables external registar support and NFC.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d989e67d07 defconfig: Fix typos in Wi-Fi Display description
These were supposed to be talking about Wi-Fi Display, not Wi-Fi Direct.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
c4eafad091 defconfig: Enable P2P and Wi-Fi Display (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Debian and Fedora enable this, upcoming NetworkManager
provide some level of support too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
bf46c6fca1 defconfig: Add SAE (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful and the distros (Debian, Fedora) enable this already to
support WPA3-Personal and protected 802.11s mesh BSSs.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
ca098ee454 defconfig: Add DPP (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful, already enabled in Debian and Fedora.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f7bc06816 UBSan: Avoid a warning on unsigned integer overflow
wpa_non_pref_chan_cmp() needs to use explicit typecasts to avoid UBSan
warnings for unsigned integer overflows.

mbo.c:298:26: runtime error: unsigned integer overflow: 1 - 2 cannot be represented in type 'unsigned int'

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc4cdefc7f UBSan: Avoid unnecessary warning
elems->mic might be NULL here, so do not try to decrement it by 2 even
if the result is not used anywhere due to a latter check for elems->mic
being NULL.

mesh_rsn.c:646:20: runtime error: pointer index expression with base 0x000000000000 overflowed to 0xfffffffffffffffe

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4fccfc7a5 UBSan: Avoid memcmp(ptr, NULL, 0)
Skip the memcmp() call if ssid_len == 0 and entry->ssid might be NULL to
avoid an UBSan warning.

wpa_supplicant.c:3956:9: runtime error: null pointer passed as argument 2, which is declared to never be null

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3b5bd81bd UBSan: Fix RRM beacon processing attempt without scan_info
Some driver interfaces (e.g., wext) might not include the
data->scan_info information and data could be NULL here. Do not try to
call the RRM handler in this case since that would dereference the NULL
pointer when determining where scan_info is located and could
potentially result in trying to read from unexpected location if RRM is
enabled with a driver interface that does not support it.

events.c:1907:59: runtime error: member access within null pointer of type 'union wpa_event_data'

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:43:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01d01a311c UBSan: Avoid size_t variable overflow in control interface
The loop "if (i-- == 0) break" style construction works in practice fine
since the check against 0 is done before decrementation. However, this
hits an UBSan warning, so split that decrementation to happen as a
separate step after the check and break from the loop.

ctrl_iface.c:5086:9: runtime error: unsigned integer overflow: 0 - 1 cannot be represented in type 'size_t' (aka 'unsigned long')

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:42:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec2e7c4cfa UBSan: Avoid unsigned integer overflow is throughput estimation
wpa_scan_result_compar() would return wb->est_throughput -
wa->est_throughput in case the comparison is done based on the
throughput estimates. While the return value from this function is a
signed integer, these est_throughput values are unsigned integers and
need to be explicitly typecast to avoid an UBSan warning.

scan.c:1996:30: runtime error: unsigned integer overflow: 54000 - 135000 cannot be represented in type 'unsigned int'

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:42:48 +02:00
Lior David
2c129a1b71 Fix cipher suite selector default value in RSNE for DMG
According to IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.25 when fields of an RSNE are
not included, the default values are used. The cipher suite defaults
were hardcoded to CCMP in the previous implementation, but the default
is actually different for DMG: GCMP (per 9.4.2.25.2).

It is not possible to find out from the RSNE if the network is non-DMG
or DMG, so callers of wpa_parse_wpa_ie_rsn() need to handle this case
based on context, which can be different for each caller.

In order to fix this issue, add flags to the wpa_ie_data indicating
whether pairwise/group ciphers were included in the RSNE. Callers can
check these flags and fill in the appropriate ciphers. The
wpa_parse_wpa_ie_rsn() function still initializes the ciphers to CCMP by
default so existing callers will not break. This change also fixes some
callers which need to handle the DMG network case.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-21 12:42:24 +02:00
Davina Lu
83ebf55865 wpa_supplicant: Support Multi-AP backhaul STA onboarding with WPS
The Wi-Fi Alliance Multi-AP Specification v1.0 allows onboarding of a
backhaul STA through WPS. To enable this, the backhaul STA needs to add
a Multi-AP IE to the WFA vendor extension element in the WSC M1 message
that indicates it supports the Multi-AP backhaul STA role. The Registrar
(if it support Multi-AP onboarding) will respond to that with a WSC M8
message that also contains the Multi-AP IE, and that contains the
credentials for the backhaul SSID (which may be different from the SSID
on which WPS is performed).

Introduce a new parameter to wpas_wps_start_pbc() and allow it to be
set via control interface's new multi_ap=1 parameter of WPS_PBC call.
multi_ap_backhaul_sta is set to 1 in the automatically created SSID.
Thus, if the AP does not support Multi-AP, association will fail and
WPS will be terminated.

Only wps_pbc is supported.

This commit adds the multi_ap argument only to the control socket
interface, not to the D-Bus interface.

Since WPS associates with the fronthaul BSS instead of the backhaul BSS,
we should not drop association if the AP announces fronthaul-only BSS.
Still, we should only do that in the specific case of WPS. Therefore,
add a check to multi_ap_process_assoc_resp() to allow association with a
fronthaul-only BSS if and only if key_mgmt contains WPS.

Signed-off-by: Davina Lu <ylu@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnout Vandecappelle (Essensium/Mind) <arnout@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Cc: Marianna Carrera <marianna.carrera.so@quantenna.com>
2019-02-18 22:35:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f9632ceb8 mesh: More consistent checking of wpa_s->ifmsh in completion handler
It does not look like wpa_s->ifmsg could be NULL here, but better be
more consistent anyway to keep static analyzers happier by avoiding
dereference of wpa_s->ifmsh in the function before the NULL check for
it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-18 18:46:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
947b5a1532 P2P: Stop listen state if Action frame TX is needed on another channel
This speeds up P2P responses to frames received on an operating channel
in case there is an ongoing P2P listen operation on another channel.
This is applicable to drivers that support multiple channels in
concurrently.

This addresses an issue showing up in the
p2ps_channel_active_go_and_station_different_mcc test case where the
Provision Discovery Request frame can be received on the operating
channel of a group instead of the Listen channel. The response was
delayed until the listen operation timed out and this took too long time
for the peer to receive the response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-17 16:53:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f8ceff54c Indicate wifi_generation in wpa_supplicant STATUS output
This adds a wifi_generation=4/5/6 line to the STATUS output if the
driver reports (Re)Association Request frame and (Re)Association
Response frame information elements in the association or connection
event. Only the generations 4 (HT = 802.11n), 5 (VHT = 802.11ac), and 6
(HE = 802.11ax) are reported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-15 02:09:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbfa691df4 VLAN assignment based on used WPA/WPA2 passphrase/PSK
Extend wpa_psk_file to allow an optional VLAN ID to be specified with
"vlanid=<VLAN ID>" prefix on the line. If VLAN ID is specified and the
particular wpa_psk_file entry is used for a station, that station is
bound to the specified VLAN. This can be used to operate a single
WPA2-Personal BSS with multiple VLANs based on the used passphrase/PSK.
This is similar to the WPA2-Enterprise case where the RADIUS server can
assign stations to different VLANs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-14 13:36:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbdb501460 Note HT overrides in debug log only if set
This makes the debug log cleaner by removing the mostly confusing prints
about HT override parameters if they are not actually used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-10 01:43:50 +02:00
Masashi Honma
73f285dad2 Add FT-PSK to GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-02-05 23:37:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f99a3c26a Clear config item writing buffer before freeing it
This buffer may be used to store items like passwords, so better clean
it explicitly to avoid possibility of leaving such items in heap memory
unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-05 20:26:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a68e9b6980 D-Bus: Fix P2P DeleteService dict iteration
The previous implementation assumed the first entry coming out from the
dict is always service_type. That may not be the case, so properly
iterate over all dict entries in one loop instead of assuming what the
first entry is.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-04 17:13:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0607346f12 D-Bus: Fix a memory leak in DeleteService handler
If the service_type string entry is not included, the dict entry was not
cleared.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-04 12:26:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8c20ec591 DPP: Clear dpp_listen_freq on remain-on-channel failure
If the DPP_LISTEN command failed due to the driver rejecting the
remain-on-channel request, wpa_s->dpp_listen_freq was left set to the
requested listen frequency and this resulted in the next DPP_LISTEN for
the same frequency reporting "DPP: Already listening on .." even when
the driver was not really listening on that frequency. Fix this by
clearing wpa_s->dpp_listen_freq in the error case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-30 12:28:43 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
59fa205388 P2P: Allow the avoid channels for P2P discovery/negotiation
The avoid channels are notified through
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_AVOID_FREQUENCY allow minimal traffic, so
enhance the P2P behavior accordingly by considering these avoid
frequencies for P2P discovery/negotiation as long as they are not in
disallowed frequencies list.

Additionally, do not return failure when none of social channels are
available as operation channel, rather, mark the op_channel/op_reg_class
to 0 as this would anyway get selected during the group formation in
p2p_prepare_channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-30 12:15:19 +02:00
Masashi Honma
89896c0008 tests: Use python3 compatible print statement
This patch is made by using 2to3 command.

$ find . -name *.py | xargs 2to3 -f print -w -n

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-26 12:37:25 +02:00
Masashi Honma
bab493b904 tests: Use python3 compatible "except" statement
This patch is made by using 2to3 command.

$ find . -name *.py | xargs 2to3 -f except -w -n

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-26 12:11:35 +02:00
Daniel Golle
0dab477335 Write multi_ap_backhaul_sta to wpa_supplicant config
The network configration option multi_ap_backhaul_sta was added without
adding it to wpa_config_write_network(). Hence the value of this option
was not included when writing the configuration file. Fix this by
including it in wpa_config_write_network().

Fixes: 5abc7823b ("wpa_supplicant: Add Multi-AP backhaul STA support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2019-01-24 00:27:12 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
98251c6f21 dbus: Document more possible BSS/RSA/KeyMgmt values
This is probably not ideal, since it would be better if it ended up
being autogenerated somehow, but at least it's somewhat of an
improvement.

Also added a comment that encourages keeping the docs in sync.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-01-24 00:24:09 +02:00
Lior David
1e591df063 Check supported types in wpas_mac_addr_rand_scan_set()
When setting scan with randomized MAC, check the requested scan type
against supported types, to ensure callers will not set an unsupported
type, since this can cause scan/connect failures later. It is better to
do this in wpas_mac_addr_rand_scan_set() instead of control interface
specific code to apply the constraint on all possible interfaces using
this setting.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-24 00:21:34 +02:00
Lior David
c85249aa15 Fix test compilation error related to sme_event_unprot_disconnect()
sme_event_unprot_disconnect() is only defined with CONFIG_IEEE80211W, so
the CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS command UNPROT_DEAUTH can be defined only
with builds that enable IEEE 802.11w support.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-24 00:21:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13a200a92a FILS: Remove notes about experimental implementation
The standard amendment has been published and there has been sufficient
amount of interoperability testing for FILS to expect the protocol not
to be changed anymore, so remove the notes claiming this to be
experimental and not suitable for production use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-22 13:33:48 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
86d4e05374 dbus: Expose support of SAE key management in BSS properties
This is going to be useful for NetworkManager and likely others.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-01-22 13:26:12 +02:00
Masashi Honma
3e949655cc Revert "mesh: Apply channel attributes before setup interface"
This reverts commit 2564184440.

Commit 2564184440 ("mesh: Apply channel attributes before setup
interface") triggers some channel configurations to result in leaking
memory. This seems to be caused by hapd->started not getting set when
going through a callback to start hostapd operation (e.g., when using
HT40 coex scan) due to hostapd_setup_bss() not getting called. This
results in hostapd_free_hapd_data() not clearing allocated
hapd->wpa_auth. This can be reproduced with the hwsim test case
mesh_secure_ocv_mix_legacy.

A more complete cleanup of the pending mesh patch for DFS support seems
to be needed to fix this properly, so the best approach for now is to
revert this patch and bring it back once rest of the mesh changes are
ready to be applied.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-21 23:43:12 +02:00
Amit Khatri
cc0f24196b D-Bus: Fix P2P Flush method to clear pending Action frames
If we call p2p_flush from ctrl_iface, before calling p2p_flush() it
calls wpas_p2p_stop_find(). Add the same call to the matching D-Bus
method to clear all pending operations.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit7861234@gmail.com>
2019-01-21 12:30:17 +02:00
Jimmy Chen
a95906f938 P2P: support random interface address
To enhance privacy, generate a random interface for each group.

There are two configurations are introduced:
* p2p_interface_random_mac_addr
  enable interface random MAC address feature, default disable.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2019-01-12 17:58:30 +02:00
Jimmy Chen
9359cc8483 P2P: Support random device address
To enhance privacy, generate a random device address for P2P interface.
If there is no saved persistent group, it generate a new random MAC
address on bringing up p2p0. If there is saved persistent group, it will
use last MAC address to avoid breaking group reinvoke behavior.

There are two configurations are introduced:
* p2p_device_random_mac_addr
  enable device random MAC address feature, default disable.
* p2p_device_persistent_mac_addr
  store last used random MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2019-01-12 17:55:42 +02:00
Peng Xu
5a3319ab1b P2P: Add 802.11ax support for P2P GO
An optional parameter "he" is added to p2p_connect, p2p_group_add, and
p2p_invite to enable 11ax HE support. The new p2p_go_he=1 configuration
parameter can be used to request this to be enabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-12 13:09:39 +02:00
Martin Stanislav
cfb01f58a6 eapol_test: Start the identifier at an initial random value
Start the (EAP request) identifier at an initial random value
as recommended by RFC 3748 in section 4.1 Request and Response
on page 21.

Signed-off-by: Martin Stanislav <ms@uakom.sk>
2019-01-08 13:40:33 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
d896874f86 nl80211: Indicate 802.1X 4-way handshake offload in connect
Upon issuing a connect request we need to indicate that we want the
driver to offload the 802.1X 4-way handshake for us. Indicate it if
the driver capability supports the offload.

Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
2019-01-08 01:12:02 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
436ee2fd93 drivers: Add separate driver flags for 802.1X and PSK 4-way HS offloads
Allow drivers to indicate support for offloading 4-way handshake for
either IEEE 802.1X (WPA2-Enterprise; EAP) and/or WPA/WPA2-PSK
(WPA2-Personal) by splitting the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE flag
into two separate flags.

Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
2019-01-08 01:12:02 +02:00
Ben Greear
b06d60a902 Use freq_list to constrain supported operating class information
If a station is configured to allow only a subset of frequencies for an
association, the supported operating classes may need to be more limited
than what the hardware supports.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-01-08 00:20:04 +02:00
Ben Greear
cb828507f5 Use disable_ht/vht to constrain supported operating class information
If user has disabled HT or VHT, those related operating classes
should not be advertised as supported.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-01-08 00:19:07 +02:00
Peter Oh
e5a9b1e8a3 mesh: Implement use of VHT20 config in mesh mode
Mesh in VHT mode is supposed to be able to use any bandwidth that VHT
supports, but there was no way to set VHT20 although there are
parameters that are supposed to be used. This commit along then previous
commit for VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT makes mesh configuration available to
use any bandwidth with combinations of existing parameters like shown
below.

VHT80:
  default
  do not set any parameters
VHT40:
  max_oper_chwidth = 0
VHT20:
  max_oper_chwidth = 0
  disable_ht40 = 1
HT40:
  disable_vht = 1
HT20:
  disable_ht40 = 1
disable HT:
  disable_ht = 1

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-06 23:49:40 +02:00
Peter Oh
806db174fd mesh: Add VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT to max_oper_chwidth
Channel width in VHT mode refers HT capability when the width goes down
to below 80 MHz, hence add checking HT channel width to its max
operation channel width. So that mesh has capability to select bandwidth
below 80 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-06 23:43:40 +02:00
Ben Greear
fd83a80815 wpa_supplicant: Allow disabling VHT SGI capability
This provides similar features to what was already available for HT
overrides. Probe Request frames look correct, and VHT capabilities shown
in debugfs look as expected.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-01-06 20:59:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02f52ab6f5 Use lchown() instead of chown() for self-created files
There is no need to allow symlink dereferencing in these cases where a
file (including directories and sockets) are created by the same
process, so use the safer lchown() variant to avoid leaving potential
windows for something external to replace the file before the chown()
call. The particular locations used here should not have write
permissions enabled for processes with less privileges, so this may not
be needed, but anyway, it is better to make these more restrictive
should there be cases where directory permissions are not as expected
for a good deployment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-06 20:28:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
441ba1a3e3 dbus: Fix build without CONFIG_WNM=y
wpa_s->bss_tm_status is within #ifdef CONFIG_WNM, so need to access it
through matching condition.

Fixes: 80d06d0ca9 ("dbus: Export BSS Transition Management status")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-05 18:44:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc9c4feccc OpenSSL: Allow systemwide policies to be overridden
Some distributions (e.g., Debian) have started introducting systemwide
OpenSSL policies to disable older protocol versions and ciphers
throughout all programs using OpenSSL. This can result in significant
number of interoperability issues with deployed EAP implementations.

Allow explicit wpa_supplicant (EAP peer) and hostapd (EAP server)
parameters to be used to request systemwide policies to be overridden if
older versions are needed to be able to interoperate with devices that
cannot be updated to support the newer protocol versions or keys. The
default behavior is not changed here, i.e., the systemwide policies will
be followed if no explicit override configuration is used. The overrides
should be used only if really needed since they can result in reduced
security.

In wpa_supplicant, tls_disable_tlsv1_?=0 value in the phase1 network
profile parameter can be used to explicitly enable TLS versions that are
disabled in the systemwide configuration. For example,
phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_0=0 tls_disable_tlsv1_1=0" would request TLS
v1.0 and TLS v1.1 to be enabled even if the systemwide policy enforces
TLS v1.2 as the minimum version. Similarly, openssl_ciphers parameter
can be used to override systemwide policy, e.g., with
openssl_ciphers="DEFAULT@SECLEVEL=1" to drop from security level 2 to 1
in Debian to allow shorter keys to be used.

In hostapd, tls_flags parameter can be used to configure similar
options. E.g., tls_flags=[ENABLE-TLSv1.0][ENABLE-TLSv1.1]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-05 17:14:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f808bd59e8 FT: Do not try to use FT-over-air if reassociation cannot be used
There is no point in going through FT authentication if the next step
would have to use association exchange which will be rejected by the AP
for FT, so only allow FT-over-air if previous BSSID is set, i.e., if
reassociation can be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-04 23:22:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19c3a9a88d P2PS: Notify D-Bus about removal of a stale/empty persistent group
During P2PS PD Request processing wpa_supplicant removes stale and empty
persistent groups, but it did not notify D-Bus to unregister object. Fix
this by adding the missing notifications.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-04 13:19:20 +02:00
Amit Khatri
69dc9cabcc P2PS: Notify D-Bus about removal of a stale persistent group
During P2PS PD Request processing wpa_supplicant removes stale
persistent groups, but it did not notify D-Bus to unregister object.
This can result in leaving behind objects pointing to freed memory and
memory leaks. Sometime it can cause a crash in wpa_config_get_all()
function and DBUS_ERROR_OBJECT_PATH_IN_USE errors.

Fix this by adding the missed notification to D-Bus code to unregister
the object.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit7861234@gmail.com>
2019-01-04 13:19:12 +02:00
Peter Oh
0332c27e32 mesh: Consider mesh interface on DFS event handler
Once mesh starts supporting DFS channels, it has to handle DFS related
events from drivers, hence add mesh interface to the check list.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-03 13:31:55 +02:00
Peter Oh
fed51174d6 mesh: Reflect country setting to mesh configuration for DFS
wpa_supplicant configuration has country parameter that is supposed to
be used in AP mode to indicate supporting IEEE 802.11h and 802.11d.
Reflect this configuration to Mesh also since Mesh is required to
support 802.11h and 802.11d to use DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 13:26:47 +02:00
Peter Oh
2564184440 mesh: Apply channel attributes before setup interface
This helps mesh interface initialization with correct channel
parameters.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 13:13:07 +02:00
Peter Oh
3ba4a25e5d mesh: Set interface type to mesh before setting interface
Correct interface type is required to start DFS CAC that can be
triggered during interface setup.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 13:02:56 +02:00
Peter Oh
c95619c211 mesh: Set mesh VHT center frequency
VHT center frequency value is required to compose the correct channel
info.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:59:25 +02:00
Peter Oh
4b5453cedd mesh: Relocate RSN initialization
RSN initialization should work together with mesh join when it's used.
Since mesh join could be called at a different stage if DFS channel is
used, relocate the RSN initialization call to mesh join. It is still the
same call flow of mesh join before this if non-DFS channels are used,
hence no significant side effect will occur.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:36:34 +02:00
Peter Oh
0daa7b75fa mesh: Factor out mesh join function
Mesh join function consists of two parts which are preparing
configurations and sending join event to the driver. Since physical mesh
join event could happen either right after mesh configuration is done or
after CAC is done in case of DFS channel is used, factor out the
function into two parts to reduce redundant calls.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:35:56 +02:00
Peter Oh
1877842904 mesh: Factor out RSN initialization
RSN initialization can be used in different phases if mesh
initialization and mesh join don't happen in sequence such as DFS CAC is
done in between, hence factor it out to help convering the case. This
can also get rid of unnecessary indentation by handling the
mconf->security != MESH_CONF_SEC_NONE functionality in a helper
function.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:04:23 +02:00
Hagai Moshe
b9eb717f85 wpa_cli: Add command for setting PSK_PASSPHRASE
Setting mem_only_psk=1 in the wpa_supplicant configuration prevents the
passphrase from being stored in the configuration file. wpa_supplicant
will request the PSK passphrase over the control interface in such case
and this new wpa_cli command can be used to set the psk_passphrase.

usage:
psk_passphrase <network id> <psk_passphrase>

Signed-off-by: Hagai Moshe <hagai.moshe@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Dinkin <simon.dinkin@tandemg.com>
2019-01-03 00:52:51 +02:00
Alex Khouderchah
38b405c8f0 dbus: Expose authentication status to D-Bus
wpa_supplicant currently logs CTRL-EVENT-AUTH-FAILED errors when
authentication fails, but doesn't expose any property to the D-Bus
interface related to this.

This change adds the "AuthStatusCode" property to the interface, which
contains the IEEE 802.11 status code of the last authentication.

Signed-off-by: Alex Khouderchah <akhouderchah@chromium.org>
2019-01-03 00:39:12 +02:00
Matthew Wang
80d06d0ca9 dbus: Export BSS Transition Management status
Add new Interface properties "BSSTMStatus", which carries the status of
the most recent BSS Transition Management request. This property will be
logged in UMA to measure 802.11v success.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-01-03 00:27:01 +02:00
Matthew Wang
2bbad1c7c9 dbus: Export roam time, roam complete, and session length
Add new Interface properties "RoamTime", "RoamComplete", and
"SessionLength". "RoamTime" carries the roam time of the most recent
roam in milliseconds. "RoamComplete" carries True or False corresponding
to the success status of the most recent roam. "SessionLength" carries
the number of milliseconds corresponding to how long the connection to
the last AP was before a roam or disconnect happened.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-01-03 00:20:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed87f6a80e Use a helper function for checking Extended Capabilities field
The new ieee802_11_ext_capab() and wpa_bss_ext_capab() functions can be
used to check whether a specific extended capability bit is set instead
of having to implement bit parsing separately for each need.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-02 18:13:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6b0898da3 Add [FST] and [UTF-8] flags to BSS command output
These flags were used in SCAN_RESULTS command output, but not BSS. Make
these consistent by adding the flags to BSS as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-02 17:58:31 +02:00
Jouke Witteveen
1f2c42cc7f Show [UTF-8] flag if the SSID is reported as UTF-8
Signed-off-by: Jouke Witteveen <j.witteveen@gmail.com>
2019-01-02 17:58:05 +02:00
Avraham Stern
ecef0687dc RRM: Support for Last Beacon Report Indication subelement
IEEE P802.11-REVmd/D2.0, 9.4.2.20.7 (Beacon request) and 9.4.2.21.7
(Beacon report) add the Last Beacon Report Indication subelement to
Beacon Request and Beacon Report elements.

Add the Last Beacon Report Indication subelement to all Beacon Report
elements if the Beacon Request indicated that this subelement is
requested.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-01-02 16:26:11 +02:00
Avraham Stern
3ec118780a RRM: Add support for beacon report fragmentation
When the frame body subelement would cause the measurement report
element to exceed the maximum element size, the frame body subelement
used to be truncated. In addition, some elements were always truncated
in order to keep the reported frame body short (e.g. RSN IE).

Alternatively, IEEE P802.11-REVmd/D2.0, 9.4.2.21.7 extension to Beacon
reporting can be used: The frame body subelement is fragmented across
multiple beacon report elements, and the reported frame body fragment ID
subelement is added.

Use beacon report fragmentation instead of truncating the frame body
as this method gives the AP a more complete information about the
reported APs.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-01-02 15:54:55 +02:00
Nishant Chaprana
46efa3dae0 dbus: Add vendor specific information element in peer properties
Make vendor specific information elements (VSIE) available in peer
properties, so that VSIE of a specific peer can be retrieved using
peer's object path.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2019-01-02 13:00:57 +02:00